UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

		
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015
OR

		
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from                           to                             
Commission file number  1-9595
________________________________

BEST BUY CO., INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

			
Minnesota	 	41-0907483	
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
7601 Penn Avenue South
Richfield, Minnesota	 	55423
(Zip Code)	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	 	
Registrant's telephone number, including area code 612-291-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

			
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
____________________________________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes x No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

							
Large accelerated filer x	 	Accelerated filer o	 	Non-accelerated filer o	 	Smaller reporting company o	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) o Yes x No
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of August 2, 2014 , was approximately $6.4 billion , computed by reference to the price of $29.17 per share, the price at which the common equity was last sold on August 2, 2014 , as reported on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Index. (For purposes of this calculation all of the registrant's directors and executive officers are deemed affiliates of the registrant.)
As of March 23, 2015 , the registrant had 352,185,626  shares of its Common Stock issued and outstanding.

Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement dated on or about April 28, 2015 (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant's fiscal year-end of January 31, 2015 ), for the Regular Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2015 ("Proxy Statement"), are incorporated by reference into Part III.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE
PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), provide a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their companies. With the exception of historical information, the matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements and may be identified by the use of words such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "foresee," "outlook," "plan," "project," and other words and terms of similar meaning. Such statements reflect our current view with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. A variety of factors could cause our future results to differ materially from the anticipated results expressed in such forward-looking statements. Readers should review Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of important factors that could cause our future results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements.

BEST BUY    FISCAL    2015    FORM    10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

			
PART I	 	4	
Item 1.	Business.	4	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	8	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	15	
Item 2.	Properties.	16	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	18	
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	18	
 	 	 	
PART II	 	21	
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	21	
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data.	23	
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.	24	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.	52	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	53	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.	95	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	95	
Item 9B.	Other Information.	95	
 	 	 	
PART III	 	96	
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	96	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	96	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.	97	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	97	
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services.	97	
 	 	 	
PART IV	 	98	
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.	98	
 	Signatures	100	

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.  Business.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms "we," "us" and "our" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to Best Buy Co., Inc. and, as applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. Any references to our website addresses do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the websites.

Description of Business

We were incorporated in the state of Minnesota in 1966 as Sound of Music, Inc. Today, we are a leading provider of technology products, services and solutions. We offer expert service at unbeatable price more than 1.5 billion times a year to the consumers, small business owners and educators who visit our stores, engage with Geek Squad agents or use our websites or mobile applications. We have retail and online operations in the U.S., Canada and Mexico.

Information About Our Segments and Geographic Areas

We have two reportable segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of the operations in all states, districts and territories of the U.S., operating e-commerce, retail store and call center operations under various brand names including, but not limited to, Best Buy (bestbuy.com), Best Buy Mobile, Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales. We operate Best Buy Mobile stores-within-a-store and offer Geek Squad services in all of our U.S. Best Buy stores. In addition, we operate Magnolia Home Theater, Magnolia Design Center and Pacific Kitchen and Home store-within-a-store experiences in select U.S. Best Buy stores, which we believe further enhance the range of product offerings and quality of expert customer service.

On February 1, 2014, we sold mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc. ("mindSHIFT"). We had previously acquired mindSHIFT, a managed service provider for small and mid-sized businesses, in fiscal 2012.

The International segment is comprised of: (i) all Canada operations, operating e-commerce and retail store operations under the brand names Best Buy (bestbuy.ca), Best Buy Mobile, Cell Shop, Future Shop (futureshop.ca) and Geek Squad; and (ii) all Mexico operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy (bestbuy.com.mx), Best Buy Express and Geek Squad. We operate Best Buy Mobile store-within-a-store concepts in all Best Buy branded stores in Canada.

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand. This resulted in permanently closing 66 Future Shop stores and converting 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand.

Additional information on these changes is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Note 13, Subsequent Events , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In fiscal 2007, we acquired a 75% interest in Jiangsu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd. (“Five Star”), one of China’s largest appliance and consumer electronics retailers. In fiscal 2009, we acquired the remaining 25% interest in Five Star. On December 3, 2014, we entered into an agreement to sell Five Star, and we completed the sale on February 13, 2015. In fiscal 2009, we acquired a 50% controlling interest in Best Buy Europe Distributions Limited (“Best Buy Europe”), a venture with Carphone Warehouse Group plc (“CPW”). On June 26, 2013, we sold our 50% ownership interest in Best Buy Europe to CPW.

Financial information about our segments and geographic areas is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Note 11, Segment and Geographic Information , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operations

Our Domestic and International segments are managed by leadership teams responsible for all areas of the business. Both segments operate a multi-channel platform that provides customers the ability to shop when and where they want, including online and in our retail stores.

4

Table of Contents

Domestic Segment

Merchandise selection, pricing and promotions, procurement and supply chain, marketing and advertising, and labor deployment across all channels are centrally managed at our corporate headquarters. In addition, support capabilities (e.g., human resources, finance and real estate management) are generally performed at our corporate headquarters. We also have field operations that support retail teams. Our retail stores have procedures for inventory management, asset protection, transaction processing, customer relations, store administration, product sales and services, staff training and merchandise display that are largely standardized within each store brand. All stores within each store brand generally operate under standard procedures with a degree of flexibility for store management to address certain local market characteristics.

International Segment

Our Canada store operations are similar to those in our Domestic segment, with centrally controlled advertising, merchandise purchasing and pricing, and inventory policies. In addition, corporate management performs support capabilities. Similar to our U.S. Best Buy stores, all Canada stores use a standardized operating system that includes procedures for inventory management, transaction processing, customer relations, store administration, staff training and merchandise display. The retail operations include two principal store brands. Future Shop stores have predominantly commissioned sales associates, whereas employees in Best Buy branded stores in Canada, like employees in U.S. Best Buy stores, are noncommissioned.

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand. This resulted in permanently closing 66 Future Shop stores and converting 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand.

Our stores in Mexico employ an operating model similar to that used in our U.S. Best Buy stores.

Merchandise and Services

Our Domestic and International segments have offerings in six revenue categories: Consumer Electronics, Computing and Mobile Phones, Entertainment, Appliances, Services and Other. Consumer Electronics consists primarily of television and home theater, digital cameras and camcorders, DVD and Blu-ray players; portable electronics such as MP3 devices, headphones and speakers, car stereo, navigation and satellite radio, and all related accessories. The Computing and Mobile Phones revenue category includes notebook and desktop computers, mobile phones and related subscription service commissions, tablets and all related accessories. The Entertainment revenue category includes video gaming hardware and software, DVDs, Blu-rays, CDs, digital downloads and computer software. The Appliances revenue category includes both large and small appliances and kitchen and bath fixtures. The Services revenue category consists primarily of extended warranty service contracts, technical support, product repair, delivery and installation. The Other revenue category includes non-core offerings such as snacks and beverages.
    
The merchandise and service offerings vary across our stand-alone store portfolio, with U.S. Best Buy Mobile, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales stores offering a more focused assortment.

Distribution

Domestic Segment

U.S. Best Buy online merchandise sales generally are either picked up at U.S. Best Buy stores or delivered directly to customers from a distribution center or retail store. The ship-from-store capability allows us to improve product availability and delivery times for customers. Most merchandise for our U.S. Best Buy, U.S. Best Buy Mobile, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales stores is shipped directly from manufacturers to our distribution centers or warehouses located throughout the U.S. In order to meet release dates for certain products, merchandise may be shipped directly to our stores from suppliers.

International Segment

Canada’s online merchandise sales are picked up at our stores, delivered directly to customers from a distribution center or retail store, or delivered directly to the customer from the vendor. Our Canada stores' merchandise is shipped directly from our suppliers to our Canadian distribution centers. In order to meet release dates for certain products, merchandise may also be shipped directly to our stores from suppliers.

Our stores in Mexico have distribution methods similar to that of our U.S. Best Buy stores.

5

Table of Contents

Suppliers and Inventory

Our Domestic and International segments purchase merchandise from a variety of suppliers. In fiscal 2015, our 20 largest suppliers accounted for approximately 73% of the merchandise we purchased, with 5 suppliers – Apple, Samsung, Hewlett-Packard, Sony and LG Electronics – representing approximately 47% of total merchandise purchased. We generally do not have long-term contracts with our major suppliers that require them to continue supplying us with merchandise.

We carefully monitor and manage our inventory levels to match quantities on hand with consumer demand as closely as possible. Key elements to our inventory management process include the following: continuous monitoring of historical and projected consumer demand, continuous monitoring and adjustment of inventory receipt levels, agreements with vendors relating to reimbursement for the cost of markdowns or sales incentives and agreements with vendors relating to return privileges for certain products.

We also have a global sourcing operation to design, develop, test and contract-manufacture our own line of exclusive brand products.

Store Development

We had over 1,700 large and small-format stores at the end of fiscal 2015 throughout our Domestic and International segments. We believe this store footprint represents an advantage that we can leverage as we continue to transform our business. In the U.S., we have the ability to ship from all of our Best Buy stores, and we have opened a number of vendor store-within-a-store concepts to better leverage our square footage. In fiscal 2016 and beyond, we will continue to look for opportunities to optimize our store space, renegotiating leases and selectively opening or closing locations to support our ongoing transformation.

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand. This resulted in permanently closing 66 Future Shop stores and converting 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand.

Refer to Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for tables reconciling our Domestic and International segment stores open at the end of each of the last three fiscal years.

Intellectual Property

We own or have the right to use valuable intellectual property such as trademarks, service marks and tradenames, including, but not limited to, Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Dynex, Future Shop, Geek Squad, Init, Insignia, Magnolia, Modal, My Best Buy, Pacific Sales, Rocketfish , and our Yellow Tag logo.

We have secured domestic and international trademark and service mark registrations for many of our brands. We have also secured patents for many of our inventions. We believe our intellectual property has significant value and is an important factor in the marketing of our company, our stores, our products and our websites.

Seasonality

Our business, like that of many retailers, is seasonal. A higher proportion of our revenue and earnings is generated in the fiscal fourth quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Canada and Mexico.

Working Capital

We fund our business operations through a combination of available cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash flows generated from operations. In addition, our revolving credit facilities are available for additional working capital needs, for general corporate purposes and investment opportunities. Our working capital needs typically increase in the months leading up to the holiday shopping season as we purchase inventory in advance of expected sales.

Competition

Our competitors are primarily traditional store-based retailers, multi-channel retailers, internet-based businesses and vendors and mobile network carriers who offer their products directly to the consumer.

6

Table of Contents

Some of our competitors have low cost operating structures and seek to compete for sales primarily on price. In addition, in the U.S., online-only operators are exempt from collecting sales taxes in certain states. We believe this advantage will continue to be eroded as sales tax rules are re-evaluated at both the state and federal levels. We carefully monitor pricing offered by other retailers, and maintaining price competitiveness is one of our ongoing priorities. In addition, we have a price-matching policy in the U.S. that allows customers to request that we match a price offered by certain retail store and online operators. In order to allow this, we are focused on maintaining efficient operations and leveraging the economies of scale available to us through our global vendor partnerships.

In addition to price, we believe our ability to deliver a high quality customer experience offers us a key competitive advantage. We believe our dedicated and knowledgeable people, integrated online and store channels, broad product assortment, range of focused service and support offerings, distinct store formats, brand marketing strategies and supply chain are important ways in which we maintain this advantage.

Environmental Matters

Best Buy is committed to creating a thriving business while lessening our environmental impact. In the U.S., consumers recycle more electronics through Best Buy than any other retailer. In fiscal 2015, we collected more than 126 million pounds of consumer electronics and 110 million pounds of appliances, helping us meet our goal of collecting one billion pounds (set in 2009). The recycling program remains an important offering in supporting our customers, communities and the environment.

We offer a large selection of energy-efficient products, which help our customers save money by using less energy. Best Buy’s U.S. customers purchased more than 25 million ENERGY STAR® certified products in fiscal 2015 and realized utility bill savings of more than $71 million. These energy savings equate to over 900 million pounds of CO 2 avoidance, or the equivalent of removing more than 86,000 cars from U.S. roads.

We are continuously working to make our locations more sustainable and to increase efficiency within our supply chain. In calendar 2010, we set a goal of reducing our absolute carbon emissions in North America by 20% by the year 2020 (over a 2009 baseline).To date, these energy efficiency measures reduced more than 200,000 metric tons of CO 2 emissions and helped us to exceed our goal of 20%.

We are not aware of any federal, state or local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, that have materially affected, or are reasonably expected to materially affect, our net earnings or competitive position, or have resulted, or are reasonably expected to result in, material capital expenditures. See Item 1A, Risk Factors , for additional discussion.

Number of Employees

At the end of fiscal 2015, we employed approximately 125,000 full-time, part-time and seasonal employees in the U.S., Canada, Mexico and our sourcing office in China. We consider our employee relations to be good. We offer our employees a wide array of company-paid benefits that vary within our company due to customary local practices and statutory requirements, which we believe are competitive in the aggregate relative to others in our industry.

Available Information

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and its rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires us to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We make available, free of charge on our website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these documents with, or furnish them to, the SEC. These documents are posted on our website at www.investors.bestbuy.com . In addition, the public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, such as the Company, that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov .

We also make available, free of charge on our website, our Amended and Restated By-laws, the Corporate Governance Principles of our Board of Directors ("Board") and our Code of Business Ethics (including any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Ethics) adopted by our Board, as well as the charters of all of our Board's committees: Audit Committee; Compensation and Human Resources Committee; Finance and Investment Policy Committee; and

7

Table of Contents

Nominating, Corporate Governance and Public Policy Committee. These documents are posted on our website at www.investors.bestbuy.com .

Copies of any of the above-referenced documents will also be made available, free of charge, upon written request to Best Buy Co., Inc. Investor Relations Department at 7601 Penn Avenue South, Richfield, MN 55423-3645.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Described below are certain risks that we believe apply to our business and the industry in which we operate. You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors in conjunction with other information provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other public disclosures. The risks described below highlight potential events, trends or other circumstances that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity or access to sources of financing, and consequently, the market value of our common stock and debt instruments. These risks could cause our future results to differ materially from historical results and from guidance we may provide regarding our expectations of future financial performance. The risks described below are not an exhaustive list of all the risks we face. There may be others that we have not identified or that we have deemed to be immaterial. All forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are qualified by the risks described below.

We face strong competition from traditional store-based retailers, multi-channel retailers, internet-based businesses, our vendors and other forms of retail commerce, which directly affects our sales and margins.

The retail business is highly competitive. Price is of primary importance to customers and price transparency and comparability continues to increase, particularly as a result of digital technology. The ability of consumers to compare prices on a real-time basis puts additional pressure on us to maintain competitive prices to attract customers. We compete with many other local, regional, national and international retailers, as well as certain of our vendors who offer their products directly to consumers. Some of our competitors have greater market presence and financial resources than we do. The retail industry continues to experience a trend toward an increase in sales initiated online and using mobile applications, and some online-only businesses are not required to collect and remit sales taxes in all U.S. states, which can negatively impact the ability of multi-channel retailers to be price competitive. Online and multi-channel retailers are also increasing their focus on delivery services, with customers increasingly seeking faster, guaranteed delivery times and low-price or free shipping. Our ability to be competitive on delivery times and delivery cost depends on many factors, and our failure to successfully manage these factors and offer competitive delivery options could negatively impact the demand for our products. In addition, because our business strategy is based on offering superior levels of customer service utilizing a multi-channel platform, our cost structure is higher than some of our competitors. Changes in the levels of these various competitive factors may have a significant impact on consumer demand for our products and services and the margins we can generate from them.

Failure to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner could result in a decline in our sales.

Our success depends on our vendors' and our ability to successfully introduce new products, services and technologies to consumers, including, among other factors, the frequency of product and service innovations, how accurately we predict consumer preferences, the level of consumer demand, the availability of merchandise, the related impact on the demand for existing products and the competitive environment. Consumers continue to have a wide variety of choices in terms of how and where they purchase the products and services we sell. Failure to accurately predict and adapt to constantly changing technology and consumer preferences, spending patterns and other lifestyle decisions, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Macroeconomic pressures in the U.S. and key international markets could adversely affect consumer spending and our financial results.

Some of our products and services are viewed by some consumers to be discretionary items rather than necessities. As a result, our results of operations are sensitive to changes in macroeconomic conditions that impact consumer spending. Consumer confidence, employment levels, oil prices, interest rates, tax rates, availability of consumer financing, housing market conditions, and costs for items such as fuel and food, can adversely affect consumers' demand for the products and services that we offer. Our future results could be significantly adversely impacted by these factors.

8

Table of Contents

If we fail to attract, develop and retain qualified employees, including employees in key positions, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our performance is highly dependent on attracting and retaining qualified employees, including our senior management team and other key employees. Our strategy of offering high quality services and assistance for our customers requires a highly trained and engaged workforce. The turnover rate in the retail industry is relatively high, and there is an ongoing need to recruit and train new employees. Factors that affect our ability to maintain sufficient numbers of qualified employees include employee morale, our reputation, unemployment rates, competition from other employers and our ability to offer appropriate compensation packages. Our inability to recruit a sufficient number of qualified individuals or failure to retain key employees in the future may impair our efficiency and effectiveness and our ability to pursue growth opportunities. In addition, a significant amount of turnover of senior management employees with specific knowledge relating to us, our operations and our industry may negatively impact our operations.

Consumer demand for the products and services we sell could decline if we fail to maintain positive brand perception and recognition.

We operate a portfolio of brands with a commitment to customer service and innovation. We believe that recognition and the reputation of our brands are key to our success. The proliferation of web-based social media means that consumer feedback and other information about our company are shared with a broad audience in a manner that is easily accessible and rapidly disseminated. Damage to the perception or reputation of our brands could result in declines in customer loyalty, lower employee retention and productivity, vendor relationship issues, and other factors, all of which could materially affect our profitability.

Our success is dependent on the design and execution of appropriate business strategies.

We operate in a highly-competitive and ever-changing commercial environment. Our success is dependent on our ability to identify, develop and execute appropriate strategies within this environment. Our current strategy includes transformational change to many areas of our business, including our online and in-store customer experience, our distribution system, employee training and engagement, partnership with our vendors, retail execution, services and cost control. We may experience challenges in achieving the goals we have set, and it is possible that our strategies may prove to be ineffective and that we may need to make substantial changes to them in future periods. It is also possible that we will be unsuccessful in executing our strategies, that the strategies we will implement expose us to additional risks or that strategies that have been successful in the past will fail to produce the desired results. Our results could be materially adversely affected if we fail to design and execute appropriate strategies. The market value of our common stock and debt instruments could be materially adversely affected if investors are uncertain about the appropriateness of our strategies or our ability to execute them.

Refer to Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , for further information regarding our strategies.

Failure to effectively manage our property portfolio may negatively impact our operating results.

Effective management of our large property portfolio is critical to our success. We primarily secure properties through operating leases with third-party landlords. If we fail to negotiate appropriate terms for new leases we enter into, we may incur lease costs that are excessive and cause operating margins to be below acceptable levels. We may also make term commitments that are too long or too short, without the option to exit early or extend. The availability of suitable new property locations may also hinder our ability to maintain or grow our operations. Factors such as the condition of local property markets, availability of lease financing, taxes, zoning and environmental issues, and competitive actions may impact the availability for suitable property.

We have closed stores, and we may close additional stores or other facilities in the future. For leased property, the financial impact of exiting a property can vary greatly depending on, among other factors, the terms of the lease, the condition of the local property market, demand for the specific property, our relationship with the landlord and the availability of potential sub-lease tenants. It is difficult for us to influence some of these factors. If these factors are unfavorable to us, then the costs of exiting a property can be significant. When we enter into a contract with a tenant to sub-lease property, we remain at risk of default by the tenant and the impact of such defaults on our future results could be significant.

9

Table of Contents

Failure to effectively manage our costs could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Certain elements of our cost structure are largely fixed in nature. Demand for our products and services is difficult to predict, which makes it more challenging for us to maintain or increase our operating income. The competitiveness in our industry and increasing price transparency mean that the focus on achieving efficient operations is greater than ever. As a result, we must continuously focus on managing our cost structure. Failure to manage our labor and benefit rates, advertising and marketing expenses, operating leases, other store expenses or indirect spending could severely impair our ability to maintain our price competitiveness while achieving acceptable levels of profitability.

Our liquidity may be materially adversely affected by constraints in the capital markets or our vendor credit terms.

We need sufficient sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements, service our outstanding indebtedness and finance investment opportunities. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be forced to curtail our operations or we may not be able to pursue business opportunities. The principal sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operating activities, available cash and liquid investments, credit facilities, other debt arrangements and trade payables. Our liquidity could be materially adversely impacted if our vendors reduce payment terms and/or impose tighter credit limits. If our sources of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may need to seek additional financing. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, the regulatory environment for banks and other financial institutions, the availability of credit and our credit ratings, and our reputation with potential lenders. These factors could materially adversely affect our costs of borrowing and our ability to pursue growth opportunities, and threaten our ability to meet our obligations as they become due.

Changes in our credit ratings may limit our access to capital and materially increase our borrowing costs.

In fiscal 2015, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. maintained its long-term credit rating at Baa2 and revised its outlook from Negative to Stable. Fitch Ratings Ltd. upgraded its long-term credit rating from BB- to BB, maintaining its outlook as Stable. Standard & Poor's Ratings Services maintained their long-term credit rating at BB with a Stable outlook.

Future downgrades to our credit ratings and outlook could negatively impact our access to capital markets, the borrowing cost for future financings and the perception of our credit risk by lenders and other third parties. Our credit ratings are based upon information furnished by us or obtained by a rating agency from its own sources and are subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by one or more rating agencies at any time. Rating agencies may change the ratings assigned to us due to developments that are beyond our control, including the introduction of new rating practices and methodologies.

Any downgrade may result in higher interest costs for certain of our credit facilities and could result in higher interest costs on future financings. In addition, downgrades may impact our ability to obtain adequate financing, including via trade payables with our vendors. Customers' inclination to shop with us or purchase gift cards or extended warranties may also be affected by the publicity associated with deterioration of our credit ratings.

Failure to effectively manage strategic ventures or acquisitions could have a negative impact on our business.

From time to time, our strategy has involved, and may in the future involve, entering into new business ventures and strategic alliances, as well as making acquisitions. Assessing a potential opportunity can be based on assumptions that might not ultimately prove to be correct. In addition, the amount of information we can obtain about a potential opportunity may be limited, and we can give no assurance that new business ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions will positively affect our financial performance or will perform as planned. The success of these opportunities is also largely dependent on the current and future participation, working relationship and strategic vision of the business venture or strategic alliance partners, which can change following a transaction. Integrating new businesses, stores and concepts can be a difficult task. Cultural differences in some markets into which we may expand or into which we may introduce new retail concepts may not be as well received by customers as originally anticipated. These types of transactions may divert our capital and our management's attention from other business issues and opportunities and may also negatively impact our return on invested capital. Further, implementing new partnerships, strategic alliances or business ventures may also impair our relationships with our vendors or other strategic partners. We may not be able to successfully assimilate or integrate companies that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. We may also encounter challenges in achieving appropriate internal control over financial reporting and deficiencies in information technology systems in connection with the integration of an acquired company. If we fail to assimilate or integrate acquired companies successfully, our business, reputation and operating results could suffer materially. Likewise, our failure to integrate and manage acquired companies successfully may lead to impairment of the associated goodwill and intangible asset balances.

10

Table of Contents

Failure to protect the integrity, security and confidentiality of our employee and customer data could expose us to litigation costs and materially damage our standing with our customers.

The use and handling of personally identifiable data by our business, our business associates and third parties is regulated at the state, federal and international levels. We are also contractually obligated to comply with certain industry standards regarding payment card information. Increasing costs associated with information security, such as increased investment in technology and qualified staff, the costs of compliance and costs resulting from fraud could cause our business and results of operations to suffer materially. Additionally, the success of our online operations depends upon the secure transmission of customer and other confidential information over public networks, including the use of cashless payments. While we take significant steps to protect this information, lapses in our controls or the intentional or negligent actions of employees, business associates or third parties may undermine our security measures. As a result, unauthorized parties may obtain access to our data systems and misappropriate employee, customer and other confidential data. There can be no assurance that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will prevent the compromise of our customer transaction processing capabilities and customer personal data. Furthermore, because the methods used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and may not be immediately detected, we may be unable to anticipate these methods or promptly implement preventative measures. Any such compromise of our security or the security of information residing with our business associates or third parties could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which may in turn have a negative impact on our sales, and may expose us to material costs, penalties and compensation claims. In addition, any compromise of our data security may materially increase the costs we incur to protect against such breaches and could subject us to additional legal risk.

Our reliance on key vendors and mobile network carriers subjects us to various risks and uncertainties which could affect our operating results.

We source the products we sell from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. In fiscal 2015, our 20 largest suppliers accounted for approximately 73% of the merchandise we purchased, with 5 suppliers – Apple, Samsung, Hewlett-Packard, Sony and LG Electronics – representing approximately 47% of total merchandise purchased. We generally do not have long-term written contracts with our vendors that would require them to continue supplying us with merchandise. We depend on our vendors for, among other things, appropriate allocation of merchandise, development of compelling assortments of products, operation of vendor-focused shopping experiences within our stores, acceptance of product returns, approval and payment for factory warranty claims and funding for various forms of promotional programs. To varying degrees, our vendors may be able to leverage their financial strength, customer popularity or alternative channels (including, in some instances, our vendors’ own retail locations or websites) to influence these factors and other factors to our commercial disadvantage. Such changes could have a material adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

We are also dependent on mobile network carriers to allow us to offer mobile devices with carrier connections. The competitive strategies utilized by mobile network carriers can have a material impact on our revenues and margins. For example, if carriers change customer upgrade terms, monthly fee plans, cancellation fees or service levels, the volume of upgrades and new contracts we sign with customers may be reduced, adversely affecting our revenues and profitability. In addition, many of our carriers also serve customers through their own stores, websites, mobile applications and call centers. If customers choose to upgrade or make new connections through carriers directly, rather than through us, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected. We could also experience declines in revenue and profitability if our carriers decided not to allow us to market their products or services.

We have internal standards that we require all of our vendors to meet. Our ability to find qualified vendors who meet our standards and supply products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge, especially with respect to goods sourced from outside the U.S. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, port delays, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, outbreaks of pandemics and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. These and other issues affecting our vendors could materially adversely affect our financial results.

Changes in the demand for our service offerings could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

Our customer promises include provision of a full range of services to complement our product offerings, including extended warranties, delivery, installation, technical support, network set-up and repair services. Many of these service offerings are through our Geek Squad brand, which provides an opportunity to deliver superior customer service and drives incremental revenue and income – often through attachment of these services at the point of sale. As customers increasingly migrate to websites and mobile applications to initiate transactions, there is a risk that we are unsuccessful in effectively promoting the benefits of these complementary service offerings through those channels. If we fail to design and market these services

11

Table of Contents

effectively to our customers or fail to meet our customers’ expectations in the execution of these services, our revenues and income could be adversely affected.

Natural disasters, changes in climate and geo-political events could adversely affect our operating results.

The threat or occurrence of one or more natural disasters or other extreme weather events, whether as a result of climate change or otherwise, the threat or outbreak of terrorism, civil unrest or other hostilities or conflicts, could materially adversely affect our financial performance. These events may result in damage to or destruction or closure of, our stores, distribution centers and other properties. Such events can also adversely affect our work force and prevent employees and customers from reaching our stores and other properties, can modify consumer purchasing patterns and decrease disposable income, and can disrupt or disable portions of our supply chain and distribution network.

Our exclusive brands products are subject to several additional product, supply chain and legal risks that could affect our operating results.

Sales of our exclusive brands products, which primarily include Insignia, Modal, Dynex, Init, Platinum and Rocketfish branded products, represent an important component of our revenue. Most of these products are manufactured by contracted manufacturers based in southeastern Asia. This arrangement exposes us to the following additional potential risks, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results:

•	We have greater exposure and responsibility to consumers for warranty replacements and repairs as a result of exclusive brand product defects, and our recourse to contracted manufacturers for such warranty liabilities may be limited in foreign jurisdictions;	
		
•	We may be subject to regulatory compliance and/or product liability claims relating to personal injury, death or property damage caused by exclusive brand products, some of which may require us to take significant actions such as product recalls;	
		
•	We may experience disruptions in manufacturing or logistics due to inconsistent and unanticipated order patterns, our inability to develop long-term relationships with key factories or unforeseen natural disasters;	
		
•	We may not be able to locate manufacturers that meet our internal standards, whether for new exclusive brand products or for migration of the manufacturing of products from an existing manufacturer;	
		
•	We are subject to developing and often-changing labor and environmental laws for the manufacture of products in foreign countries, and we may be unable to conform to new rules or interpretations in a timely manner;	
		
•	We may be subject to claims by technology or other intellectual property owners if we inadvertently infringe upon their patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we fail to pay royalties owed on our exclusive brand products;	
		
•	We may be unable to obtain or adequately protect patents and other intellectual property rights on our exclusive brand products or manufacturing processes; and	
		
•	Regulations regarding disclosure of efforts to identify the country of origin of “conflict minerals” in certain portions of our supply chain could increase the cost of doing business and, depending on the findings of our country of origin inquiry, could have an adverse effect on our reputation.	

Maintaining consistent quality, availability and competitive pricing of our exclusive brands products helps us build and maintain customer loyalty, generate sales and achieve acceptable margins. Failure to maintain these factors could have a significant adverse impact on the demand for exclusive brand products and the margins we are able to generate from them.

We are subject to certain statutory, regulatory and legal developments which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our statutory, regulatory and legal environments expose us to complex compliance and litigation risks that could materially adversely affect our operations and financial results. The most significant compliance and litigation risks we face are:

•	The difficulty of complying with sometimes conflicting statutes and regulations in local, national or international jurisdictions;	
		
•	The potential for unexpected costs related to new or compliance with existing environmental legislation or international agreements affecting energy, carbon emissions, electronics recycling and water or product materials;	
		
•	The impact of new regulations governing data privacy and security, whether imposed as a result of increased cyber-security risks or otherwise;	
		
•	The impact of other new or changing statutes and regulations including, but not limited to, financial reform, National Labor Relations Board rule changes, health care reform, corporate governance matters and/or other as yet unknown legislation, that could affect how we operate and execute our strategies as well as alter our expense structure;	

12

Table of Contents

•	The impact of changes in tax laws (or interpretations thereof by courts and taxing authorities) and accounting standards; and	
		
•	The impact of litigation trends, including class action lawsuits involving consumers and shareholders, and labor and employment matters.	

Regulatory activity focused on the retail industry has grown in recent years, increasing the risk of fines and additional operating costs associated with compliance. Additionally, defending against lawsuits and other proceedings may involve significant expense and divert management's attention and resources from other matters.

Changes to the National Labor Relations Act or other labor-related statutes or regulations could have an adverse impact on our costs and impair the viability of our operating model.

The National Labor Relations Board continually considers changes to labor regulations, many of which could significantly impact the nature of labor relations in the U.S. and how union organizing and union elections are conducted. The U.S. Department of Labor is considering new regulations requiring companies to publicly report the use and associated expense of external resources providing labor relations guidance and advice. As of January 31, 2015, none of our U.S. operations had employees represented by labor unions or working under collective bargaining agreements. Changes in labor-related statutes or regulations could increase the percentage of elections won by unions. If any segment of Best Buy’s operations became unionized, it could increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our operations.

Economic, regulatory and other developments could adversely affect the profitability of our promotional financing and credit card arrangements and our promotional financing offerings and therefore our operating results.
 
We offer promotional financing and credit cards issued by a third-party bank that manages and directly extends credit to our customers. The cardholders can receive low- or no-interest promotional financing on qualifying purchases. Total revenues from these programs accounted for approximately 20% of our revenue in fiscal 2015. We view these arrangements as a way to generate incremental sales of products and services from customers who prefer the financing terms to other available forms of payment. In addition, we earn profit-share income from our banking partners based on the performance of the credit card portfolio, and the amount of income we earn in this regard is subject to numerous factors such as the volume of credit card or financing transactions, bad debt rates, interest rates, the regulatory environment and expenses of operating the program. Adverse changes to any of these factors could impair our ability to offer these programs to customers and reduce our ability to earn income from sharing in the profits of the program.
 
We rely heavily on our information technology systems for our key business processes. Any failure or interruption in these systems could have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
The effective and efficient operation of our business is dependent on our management information systems. We rely heavily on our management information systems to manage all key aspects of our business, including demand forecasting, purchasing, supply chain management, point-of-sale processing, staff planning and deployment, website offerings, financial management and forecasting and safeguarding critical and sensitive information. The failure of our management information systems to perform as we anticipate, or to meet the continuously evolving needs of our business, could significantly disrupt our business and cause, for example, higher costs and lost revenues and could threaten our ability to remain in operation.

In addition, we utilize complex information technology platforms to operate our websites and mobile applications. Disruptions to these services, such as those caused by unforeseen traffic levels or other technical difficulties, could cause us to forego material revenues and adversely affect our reputation with consumers.
 
We utilize third-party vendors for certain aspects of our business operations.
 
We engage key third-party business partners to support various functions of our business, including but not limited to, information technology, human resource operations, customer loyalty programs, promotional financing and customer loyalty credit cards, customer warranty and insurance programs. Any material disruption in our relationship with key third-party business partners or any disruption in the services or systems provided or managed by third parties could impact our revenues and cost structure and hinder our ability to continue operations, particularly if a disruption occurs during peak revenue periods.

13

Table of Contents

We are highly dependent on the cash flows and net earnings we generate during our fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season.
 
Approximately one-third of our revenue and more than one-half of our net earnings have historically been generated in our fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. Unexpected events or developments such as natural or man-made disasters, product sourcing issues, failure or interruption of management information systems, disruptions in services or systems provided or managed by third-party vendors or adverse economic conditions in our fourth fiscal quarter could have a material adverse effect on our annual results of operations.

Our revenues and margins are highly sensitive to developments in products and services.
 
The consumer electronics industry involves constant innovation and evolution of products and services offered to consumers. The following examples demonstrate the impact this can have on our business:

•	Following the introduction of tablets, their sales grew rapidly and changed the market for mobile computing devices; however, the market has declined rapidly in fiscal 2015 as demand levels have fallen due to market saturation and minimal product innovation;	
		
•	Product convergence has significantly impacted the demand for some products; for example, the growth of increasingly sophisticated smartphones has reduced the demand for separate cameras, gaming systems, music players and GPS devices;	
		
•	The timing of new product introductions and updates can have a dramatic impact on the timing of revenues; for example, the introduction of new gaming systems can produce high demand levels for hardware and the accompanying software, which may be followed by several years of decline in demand;	
		
•	Delivery models for some products are affected by technological advances and new product innovations; for example, media such as music, video and gaming is increasingly transferring to digital delivery methods that may reduce the need for physical CD, DVD, Blu-ray and gaming products; and	
		
•	Disruptions in the availability of content (such as sporting events or other broadcast programming) may influence the demand for hardware that our customers purchase to access such content, as well as the commission we receive from service providers.	

Many of the factors described above are not controllable by us. The factors can have a material adverse impact on our relevance to the consumer and the demand for products and services we have traditionally offered. It is possible that these and similar changes could materially affect our revenues and profitability.

Our international activities are subject to many of the same risks as described above, as well as to risks associated with the legislative, judicial, regulatory, political and economic factors specific to the countries or regions in which we operate.
 
We operate international retail locations in Canada and Mexico. In addition, we have a presence in various other foreign countries, including Bermuda, China, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Luxembourg, the Republic of Mauritius, the Netherlands, Taiwan, Turks and Caicos, and the U.K. During fiscal 2015, our International segment's operations generated 11% of our revenue. Our future operating results in these countries and in other countries or regions throughout the world where we may operate in the future could be materially adversely affected by a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including political conditions, economic conditions, legal and regulatory constraints, foreign trade rules and monetary and fiscal policies (both of the U.S. and of other countries). In addition, foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our future revenues, earnings and cash flows from International operations and could materially adversely affect our reported financial performance.
 
Our International segment's operations face other risks as well, including the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights in countries other than the U.S., and potential adverse tax consequences. The various risks inherent in doing business in the U.S. generally also exist when doing business outside of the U.S. and may be exaggerated by differences in culture, laws and regulations. There is a heightened risk that we misjudge the response of consumers in foreign markets to our product and service assortments, marketing and promotional strategy and store and website designs, among other factors, and this could adversely impact the results of these operations and the viability of these ventures.

14

Table of Contents

Failure to meet the financial performance guidance or other forward-looking statements we have provided to the public could result in a decline in our stock price.
 
We may provide public guidance on our expected financial results for future periods. Although we believe that this guidance provides investors and analysts with a better understanding of management's expectations for the future and is useful to our stockholders and potential stockholders, such guidance is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed the guidance we have provided. If our financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of investment analysts or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

15

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties.
Stores, Distribution Centers and Corporate Facilities
Domestic Segment
The following table summarizes the location of our Domestic segment stores at the end of fiscal 2015 :

													
 	 	U.S.
Best Buy
Stores	 	U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores	 	Pacific Sales
Stores	 	Magnolia
Audio
Video Stores	
Alabama	 	15		 	6		 	—		 	—		
Alaska	 	2		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Arizona	 	24		 	2		 	—		 	—		
Arkansas	 	9		 	5		 	—		 	—		
California	 	118		 	26		 	29		 	2		
Colorado	 	22		 	5		 	—		 	—		
Connecticut	 	12		 	6		 	—		 	—		
Delaware	 	4		 	1		 	—		 	—		
District of Columbia	 	2		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Florida	 	65		 	35		 	—		 	—		
Georgia	 	28		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Hawaii	 	2		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Idaho	 	5		 	2		 	—		 	—		
Illinois	 	51		 	15		 	—		 	—		
Indiana	 	23		 	11		 	—		 	—		
Iowa	 	13		 	1		 	—		 	—		
Kansas	 	9		 	3		 	—		 	—		
Kentucky	 	9		 	7		 	—		 	—		
Louisiana	 	16		 	6		 	—		 	—		
Maine	 	5		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Maryland	 	23		 	13		 	—		 	—		
Massachusetts	 	26		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Michigan	 	34		 	11		 	—		 	—		
Minnesota	 	23		 	11		 	—		 	—		
Mississippi	 	9		 	2		 	—		 	—		
Missouri	 	20		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Montana	 	3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Nebraska	 	5		 	3		 	—		 	—		
Nevada	 	10		 	4		 	—		 	—		
New Hampshire	 	6		 	3		 	—		 	—		
New Jersey	 	27		 	11		 	—		 	—		
New Mexico	 	5		 	3		 	—		 	—		
New York	 	54		 	15		 	—		 	—		
North Carolina	 	32		 	15		 	—		 	—		
North Dakota	 	4		 	1		 	—		 	—		
Ohio	 	37		 	12		 	—		 	—		
Oklahoma	 	13		 	4		 	—		 	—		
Oregon	 	12		 	3		 	—		 	—		
Pennsylvania	 	38		 	14		 	—		 	—		
Puerto Rico	 	3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Rhode Island	 	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		
South Carolina	 	15		 	4		 	—		 	—		
South Dakota	 	2		 	1		 	—		 	—		
Tennessee	 	16		 	9		 	—		 	—		
Texas	 	105		 	36		 	—		 	—		
Utah	 	10		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Vermont	 	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Virginia	 	34		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Washington	 	19		 	9		 	—		 	—		
West Virginia	 	5		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Wisconsin	 	23		 	11		 	—		 	—		
Wyoming	 	1		 	1		 	—		 	—		
Total	 	1,050		 	367		 	29		 	2		

16

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ownership status and total square footage of our Domestic segment store locations at the end of fiscal 2015 :

													
 	 	U.S.
Best Buy
Stores	 	U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores	 	Pacific Sales
Stores	 	Magnolia
Audio
Video Stores	
Owned store locations	 	25		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Owned buildings and leased land	 	31		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Leased store locations	 	994		 	367		 	29		 	2		
Square footage (in thousands)	 	40,426		 	503		 	767		 	20		

The following table summarizes the location, ownership status and total square footage of space utilized for distribution centers, service centers and corporate offices of our Domestic segment at the end of fiscal 2015 :

									
 	 	 	 	Square Footage (in thousands)	
 	 	Location	 	Leased	 	Owned	
Distribution centers	 	23 locations in 17 U.S. states	 	7,489		 	3,168		
Geek Squad service center (1)	 	Louisville, Kentucky	 	237		 	—		
Principal corporate headquarters (2)	 	Richfield, Minnesota	 	—		 	1,452		
Territory field offices	 	13 locations throughout the U.S.	 	94		 	—		
Pacific Sales corporate office space	 	Torrance, California	 	20		 	—		
		
(1)	The leased space utilized by our Geek Squad operations is used primarily to service notebook and desktop computers.	
		
(2)	Our principal corporate headquarters consists of four interconnected buildings. Certain vendors who provide us with a variety of corporate services occupy a portion of our principal corporate headquarters. We also sublease a portion of our principal corporate headquarters to third parties.	

International Segment

The following table summarizes the location of our International segment continuing operations stores at the end of fiscal 2015 :

															
 	Canada	 	Mexico	
 	Future Shop
Stores	 	Best Buy
Stores	 	Best Buy Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores	 	Best Buy
Stores	 	Best Buy
Express Stores	
Canada	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Alberta	17		 	12		 	9		 	—		 	—		
British Columbia	22		 	9		 	10		 	—		 	—		
Manitoba	4		 	2		 	—		 	—		 	—		
New Brunswick	3		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Newfoundland	1		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Nova Scotia	6		 	2		 	1		 	—		 	—		
Ontario	52		 	33		 	30		 	—		 	—		
Prince Edward Island	1		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Quebec	25		 	10		 	6		 	—		 	—		
Saskatchewan	2		 	2		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Mexico	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Coahuila	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		
Estado de Mexico	—		 	—		 	—		 	3		 	1		
Distrito Federal	—		 	—		 	—		 	7		 	2		
Jalisco	—		 	—		 	—		 	4		 	—		
Michoacan	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	—		
Nuevo Leon	—		 	—		 	—		 	2		 	1		
San Luis Potosi	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	—		
Total	133		 	71		 	56		 	18		 	5		

17

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ownership status and total square footage of our International segment continuing operations store locations at the end of fiscal 2015 :

															
 	Canada	 	Mexico	
 	Future Shop
Stores	 	Best Buy
Stores	 	Best Buy Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores	 	Best Buy
Stores	 	Best Buy
Express Stores	
Owned store locations	—		 	3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Leased store locations	133		 	68		 	56		 	18		 	5		
Square footage (in thousands)	3,493		 	2,257		 	52		 	661		 	7		

The above tables exclude 181 Five Star store locations with a total of 5,928,000 square feet, which were held for sale as of January 31, 2015. The sale of Five Star was completed on February 13, 2015.

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand. This resulted in permanently closing 66 Future Shop stores and converting 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand. We separately closed two Future Shop locations in March 2015 as part of our normal operations.

The following table summarizes the location, ownership status and total square footage of space utilized for distribution centers and corporate offices of our International segment continuing operations at the end of fiscal 2015 :

																
 	 	 	Square Footage (in thousands)	 	 	 	Square Footage (in thousands)	
 	Distribution Centers	 	Leased	 	Owned	 	Principal Corporate Offices	 	Leased	 	Owned	
Canada	Brampton and Bolton, Ontario	 	1,685		 	—		 	Burnaby, British Columbia	 	141		 	—		
 	Vancouver, British Columbia	 	439		 	—		 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mexico	Estado de Mexico, Mexico	 	89		 	—		 	Distrito Federal, Mexico	 	32		 	—		

Exclusive Brands

We lease approximately 61,000 square feet of office space in China to support our exclusive brands operations.

Operating Leases

Almost all of our stores and a majority of our distribution facilities are leased. Additional information regarding our operating leases is available in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , and Note 8, Leases , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

For a description of our legal proceedings, see Note 12, Contingencies and Commitments , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

18

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
(As of March 23, 2015 )

	
							
Name	 	Age	 	Position With the Company	 	Years
With the
Company	
Hubert Joly	 	55	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	 	2	
Sharon L. McCollam	 	52	 	Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer	 	2	
Shari L. Ballard	 	48	 	President, U.S. Retail and Chief Human Resources Officer	 	22	
R. Michael Mohan	 	47	 	Chief Merchandising Officer	 	11	
Keith J. Nelsen	 	51	 	General Counsel and Secretary	 	9	

Hubert Joly was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director in September 2012. Mr. Joly was previously the president and chief executive officer of Carlson, Inc., a worldwide hospitality and travel company based in Minneapolis, Minnesota, from 2008 until his current appointment. Prior to becoming chief executive officer of Carlson, Mr. Joly was president and chief executive officer of Carlson Wagonlit Travel, a business travel management company, from 2004 until 2008. He held several senior executive positions with Vivendi S.A., a French multinational media and telecommunications company, from 1999 to 2004. Prior to that time, Mr. Joly worked in the technology sector at Electronic Data Systems (now part of Hewlett-Packard Company) from 1996 to 1999, and at McKinsey & Company, Inc. from 1983 to 1996. Mr. Joly is currently a member of the board of directors of Ralph Lauren Corporation, a leader in the design, marketing and retailing of premier lifestyle products. He also serves on the executive committee of the Retail Industry Leaders Association and the executive committee of the Minnesota Business Partnership. Mr. Joly previously served as a director of Carlson, Inc.; chair of the board of directors of the Rezidor Hotel Group; chair of the board of directors of Carlson Wagonlit Travel; chair of the Travel Facilitation Sub-Committee of the U.S. Department of Commerce Travel and Tourism Advisory Board; on the executive committee of the World Travel and Tourism Council, on the board of trustees of the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and on the board of overseers of the Carlson School of Management.

Sharon L. McCollam was appointed Chief Administrative and Chief Financial Officer in December 2012. In this role, she leads our finance, information technology, supply chain, logistics, real estate, procurement, enterprise customer care, internal audit, Mexico and growth initiative functions. Ms. McCollam was previously executive vice president, chief operating officer and chief financial officer of Williams-Sonoma Inc., a premier specialty retailer of home furnishings, from July 2006 until her retirement in March 2012. At Williams-Sonoma, she was responsible for the long-term strategic planning activities of the company and oversaw multiple key functions, including global finance, treasury, investor relations, information technology, real estate, store development, corporate operations and human resources. Ms. McCollam also held various executive leadership roles, including principal accounting officer, at Williams-Sonoma from March 2000 to July 2006. Prior to her time at Williams-Sonoma, Ms. McCollam served as chief financial officer of Dole Fresh Vegetables Inc. from 1996 to 2000 and in various other finance-related leadership positions at Dole Food Company Inc., a producer and marketer of fresh fruit and vegetables, from 1993 to 1996. Ms. McCollam serves as a member of the board of directors for Sutter Health, a nonprofit network of hospitals and doctors in Northern California; Art.com, an online specialty art retailer; and Privalia Venta Directa, s.a., a European e-commerce apparel retailer. Ms. McCollam previously served as a member of the board of directors of OfficeMax Incorporated, Williams-Sonoma and Del Monte Foods Company.

Shari L. Ballard was named President, U.S. Retail and Chief Human Resources Officer in 2014. She is responsible for the end-to-end operations and execution of all U.S. Best Buy stores and the human resources function. Previously, she served as President, International and Chief Human Resources Officer from 2013 to 2014; Executive Vice President and President, International from 2012 to 2013; Executive Vice President, President - Americas from March 2010 until 2012; Executive Vice President - Retail Channel Management from 2007 to 2010; and Executive Vice President - Human Resources and Legal from 2004 to 2007. Ms. Ballard joined us in 1993 and has served as Senior Vice President, Vice President, and General and Assistant Store Manager. Ms. Ballard serves on the board of directors of the Delhaize Group, a Belgian international food retailer. She is also a member of the Minneapolis Institute of Arts board of trustees and the University of Minnesota Foundation board of trustees. She also serves on the board of directors of the Delhaize Group, a Belgian international food retailer.

R. Michael “Mike” Mohan was appointed our Chief Merchandising Officer in January 2014. In this role, he manages the category management and merchandising functions for our U.S. business, including our category growth strategies, vendor relationships, private label business and assortment. Previously, Mr. Mohan served as President, Home since June 2013 until his current appointment; Senior Vice President, General Manager - Home Business Group from 2011 to June 2013; Senior Vice President, Home Theater from 2008 to 2011; and Vice President, Home Entertainment from 2006 to 2008. Prior to joining Best

19

Table of Contents

Buy in 2004 as Vice President, Digital Imaging, Mr. Mohan was vice president and general merchandising manager for Good Guys, an audio/video specialty retailer in the western United States. Mr. Mohan also previously worked at Future Shop in Canada from 1988 to 1997, prior to our acquisition of the company, where he served in various merchandising roles. Mr. Mohan serves as a member of the board of directors for Consumer Electronics Association Board of Industry Leaders and was appointed as a trustee to Boys & Girls Club of America in March 2014.

Keith J. Nelsen has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since 2011. In this role, he manages our enterprise legal and risk management functions, as well as acts as Secretary to our Board of Directors. Previously, in addition to his current role, he also served as Chief Risk Officer from 2012 to 2013. He was appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel in May 2011 and Secretary of the Company in June 2011 and served as Senior Vice President, Commercial and International General Counsel from 2008 until his current appointment. Mr. Nelsen joined Best Buy in 2006 as Vice President, Operations and International General Counsel. Prior to joining us, he worked at Danka Business Systems PLC, an office products supplier, from 1997 to 2006 and served in various roles, including chief administration officer and general counsel. Prior to his time at Danka, Mr. Nelsen held the role of vice president, legal from 1995 to 1997 at NordicTrack, Inc., a provider of leisure equipment products. Mr. Nelsen began his career in 1989 as a practicing attorney with Best and Flanagan, LLP, a law firm located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Nelsen is a member of the board of directors of NuShoe, Inc., a privately held shoe repair facility in San Diego, California.

20

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information and Dividends

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol BBY. In fiscal 2004, our Board initiated the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend with respect to shares of our common stock. A quarterly cash dividend has been paid in each subsequent quarter. Future dividend payments will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by our Board. The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange – Composite Index and the dividends declared and paid during the periods indicated.

																								
 	Sales Price	 	Dividends Declared and Paid	
 	Fiscal 2015	 	Fiscal 2014	 	Fiscal Year	
 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	 	2015	 	2014	
First Quarter	$	28.20		 	$	22.30		 	$	26.92		 	$	13.83		 	$	0.17		 	$	0.17		
Second Quarter	32.24		 	24.57		 	31.33		 	24.98		 	0.17		 	0.17		
Third Quarter	35.53		 	28.80		 	43.85		 	30.16		 	0.19		 	0.17		
Fourth Quarter	40.03		 	33.17		 	44.66		 	22.15		 	0.19		 	0.17		
 
Holders

As of March 23, 2015 , there were 2,933 holders of record of our common stock.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In June 2011, our Board authorized up to $5.0  billion of share repurchases, which became effective on June 21, 2011. There is no expiration date governing the period over which we can repurchase shares under the June 2011 program. We did not repurchase any shares during fiscal 2015. At the end of fiscal 2015, $4.0  billion of the $5.0  billion of share repurchases authorized by our Board in June 2011 was available for future share repurchases.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about our common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of January 31, 2015 .

											
Plan Category	 	Securities to Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and Rights
(a)	 	Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share of Outstanding Options and Rights (1)
(b)	 	Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)) (2)
(c)	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	19,046,251		(3)  	$	36.81		 	27,290,742		
		
(1)	Includes weighted-average exercise price of outstanding stock options only.	
		
(2)	Includes 4,546,228  shares of our common stock which have been reserved for issuance under our 2008 and 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plans.	
		
(3)	Includes grants of stock options and market-based restricted stock under our 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended, and our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.	

21

Table of Contents

Best Buy Stock Comparative Performance Graph

The information contained in this Best Buy Stock Comparative Performance Graph section shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or "filed" or incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor's 500 Index ("S&P 500"), of which we are a component, and the Standard & Poor's Retailing Group Industry Index ("S&P Retailing Group"), of which we are also a component. The S&P Retailing Group is a capitalization-weighted index of domestic equities traded on the NYSE and NASDAQ and includes high-capitalization stocks representing the retail sector of the S&P 500.

The graph assumes an investment of $100 at the close of trading on February 26, 2010, the last trading day of fiscal 2010, in our common stock, the S&P 500 and the S&P Retailing Group.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Best Buy Co., Inc., the S&P 500 and the S&P Retailing Group

	
																								
 	FY10	 	FY11	 	FY12	 	FY13	 	FY14	 	FY15	
Best Buy Co., Inc.	$	100.00		 	$	90.05		 	$	69.23		 	$	47.68		 	$	71.26		 	$	109.09		
S&P 500	100.00		 	122.57		 	128.86		 	144.24		 	175.27		 	200.21		
S&P Retailing Group	100.00		 	126.53		 	149.66		 	185.33		 	233.92		 	280.10		
		
*	Cumulative total return assumes dividend reinvestment.	
Source: Research Data Group, Inc.

22

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents our selected financial data. The table should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Five-Year Financial Highlights

$ in millions, except per share amounts

																					
 	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	 	12-Month	
Fiscal Year	 	2015 (1)	 	2014 (2)	 	2013 (3)(4)	 	2012 (3)(5)	 	2011 (6)	
Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	 	$	40,339		 	$	40,611		 	$	38,252		 	$	43,426		 	$	42,683		
Operating income	 	1,450		 	1,144		 	90		 	2,126		 	2,216		
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	1,246		 	695		 	(259	)	 	1,368		 	1,410		
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations	 	(11	)	 	(172	)	 	(161	)	 	(1,346	)	 	(44	)	
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests	 	1,235		 	523		 	(420	)	 	22		 	1,366		
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	1,233		 	532		 	(441	)	 	(1,231	)	 	1,277		
Per Share Data	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	$	3.53		 	$	2.00		 	$	(0.76	)	 	$	3.67		 	$	3.39		
Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.47	)	 	(0.54	)	 	(6.94	)	 	(0.31	)	
Net earnings (loss)	 	3.49		 	1.53		 	(1.30	)	 	(3.27	)	 	3.08		
Cash dividends declared and paid	 	0.72		 	0.68		 	0.66		 	0.62		 	0.58		
Common stock price:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
High	 	40.03		 	44.66		 	27.95		 	33.22		 	48.83		
Low	 	22.30		 	13.83		 	11.20		 	21.79		 	30.90		
Operating Statistics	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comparable sales gain (decline) (7)	 	0.5	%	 	(1.0	)%	 	(2.7	)%	 	(2.2	)%	 	(1.8	)%	
Gross profit rate	 	22.4	%	 	23.1	 %	 	23.6	 %	 	24.5	 %	 	25.0	 %	
Selling, general and administrative expenses rate	 	18.8	%	 	20.0	 %	 	20.7	 %	 	19.5	 %	 	19.5	 %	
Operating income rate	 	3.6	%	 	2.8	 %	 	0.2	 %	 	4.9	 %	 	5.2	 %	
Year-End Data	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current ratio (8)	 	1.5		 	1.4		 	1.1		 	1.2		 	1.2		
Total assets	 	$	15,256		 	$	14,013		 	$	16,787		 	$	16,005		 	$	17,849		
Debt, including current portion	 	1,621		 	1,657		 	2,296		 	2,208		 	1,709		
Total equity	 	5,000		 	3,989		 	3,715		 	4,366		 	7,292		
Number of stores	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	 	1,448		 	1,495		 	1,503		 	1,447		 	1,317		
International	 	283		 	284		 	276		 	264		 	233		
Total	 	1,731		 	1,779		 	1,779		 	1,711		 	1,550		
Retail square footage (000s)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	 	41,716		 	42,051		 	42,232		 	43,785		 	43,660		
International	 	6,470		 	6,636		 	6,613		 	6,814		 	6,454		
Total	 	48,186		 	48,687		 	48,845		 	50,599		 	50,114		
		
(1)	Included within operating income and net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2015 is $5 million ($4 million net of taxes) of restructuring charges from continuing operations. In addition, net earnings (loss) from continuing operations and net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2015 includes $353 million due to a $353 million discrete benefit related to reorganizing certain European legal entities.	

23

Table of Contents

(2)	Included within operating income and net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2014 is $149 million ($95 million net of taxes) of restructuring charges from continuing operations recorded in fiscal 2014 related to measures we took to restructure our business. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2014 includes restructuring charges (net of tax and noncontrolling interest) from continuing operations.	
		
(3)	Fiscal 2013 (11-month) included 48 weeks and fiscal 2012 included 53 weeks. All other periods presented included 52 weeks.	
		
(4)	Included within our operating income and net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is $415 million ($268 million net of taxes) of restructuring charges from continuing operations recorded in fiscal 2013 (11-month) related to measures we took to restructure our business. Also included in net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is $614 million (net of taxes) of goodwill impairment charges primarily related to Best Buy Canada. Included in gain (loss) from discontinued operations is $23 million (net of taxes) of restructuring charges primarily related to Best Buy Europe and $207 million (net of taxes) of goodwill impairment charges related to Five Star. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2013 (11-month) includes restructuring charges (net of tax and noncontrolling interest) from continuing operations and the net of tax goodwill impairment.	

(5)	Included within our operating income and net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2012 is $48 million ($30 million net of taxes) of restructuring charges from continuing operations recorded in fiscal 2012 related to measures we took to restructure our business. Included in gain (loss) from discontinued operations is $194 million (net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2012 related to measures we took to restructure our business. Also included in gain (loss) from discontinued operations for fiscal 2012 is $1.2 billion (net of taxes) of goodwill impairment charges related to Best Buy Europe. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2012 includes restructuring charges (net of tax and noncontrolling interest) from both continuing and discontinued operations and the net of tax goodwill impairment, and excludes $1.3 billion in noncontrolling interest related to the agreement to buy out Carphone Warehouse Group plc's interest in the profit share-based management fee paid to Best Buy Europe pursuant to the 2007 Best Buy Mobile agreement (which represents earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interest).	

(6)	Included within our operating income and net earnings (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal 2011 is $147 million ($93 million net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our businesses. These charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate of 0.3% of revenue for the fiscal year. Included in gain (loss) from discontinued operations is $54 million (net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our business. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2011 includes the net of tax impact of restructuring charges from both continuing and discontinued operations.	

(7)	Our comparable sales calculation compares revenue from stores, websites and call centers operating for at least 14 full months, as well as revenue related to certain other comparable sales channels for a particular period to the corresponding period in the prior year. Relocated stores, as well as remodeled, expanded, and downsized stores closed more than 14 days, are excluded from the comparable sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquisitions are included in the comparable sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of the calculation of comparable sales attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The calculation of comparable store sales excludes the impact of the extra week of revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as revenue from discontinued operations. Comparable online sales are included in our comparable sales calculation. The method of calculating comparable sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods.	

(8)	The current ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities.	

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Unless otherwise noted, transactions and other factors significantly impacting our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity are discussed in order of magnitude. Our MD&A is presented in seven sections:

•	Overview	
		
•	Business Strategy	
		
•	Results of Operations	
		
•	Liquidity and Capital Resources	
		
•	Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations	
		
•	Critical Accounting Estimates	
		
•	New Accounting Pronouncements	

Our MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a leading provider of technology products, services and solutions. We offer expert service at unbeatable price more than 1.5 billion times a year to the consumers, small business owners and educators who visit our stores, engage with Geek Squad agents or use our websites or mobile applications. We have retail and online operations in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. We operate two reportable segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of all operations within the U.S. and its territories. The International segment is comprised of all operations outside the U.S. and its territories.

24

Table of Contents

Our business, like that of many retailers, is seasonal. Historically, we have realized more of our revenue and earnings in the fiscal fourth quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. While consumers view some of the products and services we offer as essential, others are viewed as discretionary purchases. Consequently, our financial results are susceptible to changes in consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors, including unemployment, consumer credit availability and the condition of the housing market. Additionally, there are other factors that directly impact our performance, such as product life-cycles (including the introduction and pace of adoption of new technology) and the competitive retail environment. As a result of these factors, predicting our future revenue and net earnings is difficult.

Throughout this MD&A, we refer to comparable sales. Our comparable sales calculation compares revenue from stores, websites and call centers operating for at least 14 full months, as well as revenue related to certain other comparable sales channels for a particular period to the corresponding period in the prior year. Relocated stores, as well as remodeled, expanded and downsized stores closed more than 14 days, are excluded from the comparable sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquisitions are included in the comparable sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of the calculation of comparable sales attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The calculation of comparable sales excludes the impact of revenue from discontinued operations. Comparable online sales are included in our comparable sales calculation. The method of calculating comparable sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods.

In our discussions of the operating results of our consolidated business and our International segment, we sometimes refer to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates or the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which are references to the differences between the foreign currency exchange rates we use to convert the International segment’s operating results from local currencies into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations is typically calculated as the difference between current period activity translated using the current period’s currency exchange rates and the comparable prior-year period’s currency exchange rates. We use this method to calculate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates for all countries where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

In our discussions of the operating results below, we sometimes refer to the impact of net new stores on our results of operations. The key factors that dictate the impact that the net new stores have on our operating results include: (i) store opening and closing decisions; (ii) the size and format of new stores, as we operate stores ranging from approximately 1,000 square feet to approximately 50,000 square feet; (iii) the length of time the stores were open during the period; and (iv) the overall success of new store launches.

This MD&A includes financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"), as well as certain adjusted or non-GAAP financial measures such as non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP net earnings from continuing operations, non-GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and adjusted debt to earnings before goodwill impairment, interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent ("EBITDAR") ratio. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of financial performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes (or includes) amounts that are included in (or excluded from) the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

We believe that the non-GAAP measures described above provide meaningful supplemental information to assist shareholders in understanding our financial results and assessing our prospects for future performance. Management believes adjusted operating income, adjusted net earnings from continuing operations and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations are important indicators of our operations because they exclude items that may not be indicative of, or are unrelated to, our core operating results and provide a baseline for analyzing trends in our underlying businesses. Management makes standard adjustments for items such as restructuring charges, goodwill impairments, non-restructuring asset impairments and gains or losses on investments, as well as adjustments for other items that may arise during the period and have a meaningful impact on comparability. To measure adjusted operating income, we removed the impact of the second quarter of fiscal 2014 LCD-related legal settlements, non-restructuring asset impairments, restructuring charges and goodwill impairments from our calculation of operating income. Adjusted net earnings from continuing operations was calculated by removing the after-tax impact of operating income adjustments and the gains on investments, as well as the income tax impacts of reorganizing certain European legal entities and the Best Buy Europe sale from our calculation of net earnings from continuing operations. To measure adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, we excluded the per share impact of net earnings adjustments from our calculation of diluted earnings per share. Management believes our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is an important indicator of our creditworthiness. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible

25

Table of Contents

to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. These non-GAAP financial measures are an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures within our discussion of consolidated performance below, provide a more complete understanding of our business. We strongly encourage investors and shareholders to review our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

Business Strategy

In the fall of 2012, we laid out for investors the state of our business and summarized the challenges we faced by articulating two fundamental problems: (1) declining comparable sales and (2) declining margins. To address these problems and achieve our goal of becoming the leading authority and destination for technology products and services, we unveiled our Renew Blue transformation effort, incorporating the following five pillars:

•	Reinvigorate and rejuvenate the customer experience	
		
•	Attract and inspire leaders and employees	
		
•	Work with vendor partners to innovate and drive value	
		
•	Increase our return on invested capital	
		
•	Continue our leadership role in positively impacting our world	

Fiscal 2015 was the second full fiscal year in our Renew Blue transformation, and we continued to make progress against the two main problems we had to solve that we outlined in November of 2012 – declining comparable sales and declining operating margins. In fiscal 2015, we stabilized comparable sales on a full year basis and delivered incremental non-GAAP SG&A reductions of approximately $420 million, resulting in non-GAAP operating income rate expansion of 0.8% of revenue and a 26% increase in non-GAAP diluted earnings per share to $2.60. We also ended the year with $3.9 billion in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments versus $2.6 billion last year.

These results reflect the cumulative progress since 2012 that we have made against our Renew Blue transformation initiatives. To date, we have: (1) improved our Net Promoter Score (NPS) by 450 basis points; (2) rolled out 71 Pacific Kitchen and Home and 34 Magnolia Design Center stores-within-a-store in addition to our enhanced vendor experiences; (3) implemented ship-from-store across the whole chain, driving significant growth for our business; (4) increased our Domestic online penetration from 7.0% to 9.8%; (5) gained share across multiple categories; (6) delivered $1.02 billion in cost reductions, exceeding our $1 billion target; (7) divested our under-performing European and Chinese businesses; and (8) intensively managed our capital resources and significantly strengthened our balance sheet.

In light of this progress, we announced a plan on March 2, 2015, to return excess capital to shareholders. This plan allows us to continue to invest in the growth of our business and preserve a strong balance sheet and includes: (1) a special, one-time dividend of $0.51 per share, or approximately $180 million, related to the net, after-tax proceeds from LCD-related legal settlements received in the last three fiscal years; (2) a 21% increase in our regular quarterly dividend to $0.23 per share; and (3) the resumption of share repurchases, with the intent to repurchase $1 billion worth of shares over the next three years.

As we look forward to fiscal 2016 and beyond, it is imperative that we continue to focus on driving comparable sales and improving operating margins, while funding investments in our future. We are pursuing a strategy that is focused on delivering Advice, Service and Convenience at competitive prices to our customers. Within this strategy, we are focused on driving a number of growth initiatives around key product categories, life events and services. To drive these initiatives, we are pursuing and investing in the transformation of our key functions and processes. The initiatives we intend to pursue in fiscal 2016 reflect our continued execution against the 24-month road map that we outlined a year ago.

The first initiative is Merchandising. Our goal is to create a compelling assortment online and in the stores with a superior end-to-end customer experience that yields enhanced financial returns. In pursuit of that goal, we plan to: (1) capitalize on the ultra -high definition television cycle through best-in-class merchandising, assortment and customer experience, including opening approximately 20 additional Magnolia Design Center stores-within-a-store to end fiscal 2016 with 78; (2) accelerate our expansion in growing categories with structural barriers to entry – like large appliances and mobile – including opening approximately 60 additional Pacific Kitchen & Home stores-within-a-store to end fiscal 2016 with 177 and extending our installment billing selling capability to online; (3) grow our Connected Home and health and wearables businesses through an optimized assortment and an improved multi-channel customer experience; (4) increase our exclusive brand and private label assortments; (5) expand our secondary market growth strategy to offer consumers better access to these types of products and improve our margin recovery on returned, replaced and damaged products; and (6) apply more science behind our promotional and pricing strategies.

26

Table of Contents

We will also expand our programs to capture customers at the time of key life events and build long-term relationships with them, including our new mover program and our wedding gift registry, which we launched in February 2015.

The second initiative is Marketing , which provides crucial support for our merchandising growth opportunities. In marketing, we will (1) accelerate our targeted marketing programs by leveraging our customer database to expand personalization beyond email campaigns; (2) extend the personalization of our targeted email campaigns by dynamically serving relevant landing pages when customers click through to our website; (3) continue the evolution of our marketing spend from analog and mass to digital and personalized mediums such as search, mobile devices and re-targeting; and (4) continue to increase the number of addressable emails in our customer database.

The next initiative on our road map is Online. Our goal is to serve our customers based on how, when, and where they want to be served and capture online share. In pursuit of that goal, we will continue to develop true omni-channel experiences, including improving the online visibility of returned, opened box inventory; (2) extending our installment billing selling capability online; (3) enhancing the online experience for appliance purchases; (4) expanding capabilities for life events like the wedding registry and wish list; and (5) providing an integrated Geek Squad customer experience across channels and devices and driving increased attach rates. We will also be continuing the transformation of our e-commerce technology platform and accelerating the transformation of our mobile customer experience which we will support through our new technology development center in Seattle. Similar to general industry trends, our traffic from mobile phones is growing much faster than traditional desktop traffic and we are increasing our mobile investment accordingly. We believe it is imperative that we engage mobile customers with improved and streamlined access to essential, rich product information during the discovery, research and checkout processes.

The next initiative is Retail Stores. In our retail stores we are building on the momentum from our success in fiscal 2015 and will be driving increased sales effectiveness and payroll leverage through focus on the individual sales productivity of our associates, enhancing our in-store customer experience from both an expert service and physical environment perspective, including expanding product training for associates and driving growth by implementing market plans that are tailored to specific geographies.

Services is the next initiative on our road map . In fiscal 2015, we significantly reduced our legacy cost structure and improved our services-related NPS. We also launched a loss and theft mobile phone insurance program and more complete technology support bundles. Despite these accomplishments; however, revenue has been declining largely due to lower attach rates of traditional extended warranties and lower mobile revenue due to our success in decreasing claim severity and frequency, which is an operational positive. In fiscal 2016, we will be focused on (1) continuing to transform our traditional service offerings to better address customer needs; (2) continuing to improve our delivery and installation experience; (3) increasing the investment in marketing and selling our services offerings; and (4) integrating the Geek Squad experience into bestbuy.com to provide an enhanced service experience to our customers and to increase online attach rates.

The next initiative on our road map is Supply Chain. Our goal is to leverage our network and improve our customer experience with increased inventory availability, improved speed to customer, and improved home delivery and installation capabilities for our large cube assortments. In pursuit of these goals, over the next 12 months we will unlock additional inventory for ship-from-store, continue to pursue cost efficiencies through technology enhancements (including replacement of our warehouse technology systems), drive growth in large appliances and large televisions by leveraging new regional inventory capabilities and invest in improving our home delivery and installation services NPS.

The last initiative on our road map is our Cost Structure. Through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we eliminated a total of $1.02 billion in annualized costs, which exceeded our target of $1 billion. In fiscal 2016, we are launching phase two of our cost reduction and gross profit optimization program with a target of approximately $400 million in annualized savings over three years, including the remaining benefit of approximately $250 million from our previously discussed returns, replacements and damages opportunity. These savings, because they are structural in nature, are not expected to begin until the second half of fiscal 2016 and will be driven by streamlined processes and operational efficiencies that will be primarily enabled through investments in systems.

We expect, however, that these incremental savings will be significantly offset by the investments we need to make to fund our growth initiatives. In fiscal 2016, we expect these incremental investments to total approximately $100 million to $120 million, or $0.17 to $0.21 in diluted EPS and fall into three main buckets: (1) the customer experience online and in our retail stores; (2) information technology; and (3) marketing. We also expect to increase our fiscal 2016 capital expenditures to approximately $650 to $700 million, from $550 million in fiscal 2015.

27

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2016 Trends

The strategy outlined above is the foundation of our fiscal 2016 operating plan, and we are confident in our ability to execute against it as we have demonstrated this past year. However, we will also be facing industry and economic pressures, which we expect to impact our business, including (1) more rapidly declining average selling prices in key product categories; (2) weak industry demand in certain product categories; (3) declining demand and increasing pricing pressures for our extended warranties; and (4) increasingly competitive and costly customer service expectations like free and faster shipping.

To win against this backdrop, investing now is imperative. While these investments will put pressure on our fiscal 2016 operating income rate, we believe they leverage our executional momentum and will allow us to build a differentiated customer experience and a foundation for long-term success. In fiscal 2016, we expect the financial impact of the aforementioned investments and economic pressures in the first quarter and continue throughout the year.

From a revenue perspective, fiscal 2016 first and second quarter Enterprise revenue and comparable sales growth, excluding the estimated impact of installment billing, is expected to be in the range of flat to negative low-single digits. This change in trend versus the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 is primarily driven by ongoing material declines in the tablet category, in addition to typical holiday momentum around high-profile, giftable products not continuing post-holiday. We will also be anniversarying approximately 80 basis points of Enterprise growth in the first half of fiscal 2015 driven by the chain-wide rollout of ship-from-store.

From a non-GAAP operating income rate perspective, we expect fiscal 2016 first and second quarter to be down approximately 0.3% of revenue to 0.5% of revenue, including lapping fiscal 2015 first quarter 15-basis point benefit associated with our credit card agreement. This decline reflects the economic and growth pressures outlined above, the investments we are making to drive our fiscal 2016 growth initiatives and our anticipated SG&A inflation. Additionally, we expect the fiscal 2016 first and second quarter non-GAAP continuing operations effective income tax rate to be in the range of 39% to 40%.

Canada

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand in order to strengthen our position as Canada’s leading provider of consumer electronics products, services and solutions. As a result of this decision, we also reviewed our real estate footprint in Canada to address the fact that a significant number of Future Shop and Best Buy stores are located in close proximity to each other. The result of this review is the permanent closure of 66 Future Shop locations and the conversion of 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand. Following this consolidation, we will continue to have a strong store presence in all major markets in Canada.

Looking ahead, investments up to $160 million will be made in Best Buy stores and bestbuy.ca to build a leading multi-channel customer experience. This multi-faceted strategy will include: (1) launching major home appliances in all stores; (2) working with our vendor partners to bring their products to life in a more compelling way; (3) increasing our staffing levels to better serve our customers; (4) investing in the online shopping experience, for example by expanding in-store pick-up areas for online customers and launching a ship-from-store program, making in-store inventory available to online customers across the country.

As a result of these changes, we expect to increase our capital spending by up to $160 million over the next 12 to 24 months. In addition, we expect to record restructuring charges and non-restructuring impairments in the range of $200 million to $280 million, or a GAAP diluted earnings per share impact of $0.41 to $0.58. We expect that the majority of these charges will be recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The total charges includes approximately $140 million to $180 million of cash charges – primarily related to future rent obligations and severance – that will be paid over the next 5 years.

We also expect our fiscal 2016 GAAP and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share to be negatively impacted in the range of $0.10 to $0.20 due primarily to a temporary increase in operational expenses associated with consolidation activities and store disruptions resulting from our investments to support the Best Buy multi-channel customer experience. Due to the transitional nature of the majority of these costs, we do not expect this negative earnings per share impact to continue into future years.

See Note 13, Subsequent Events , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about the restructuring charges related to this action.

28

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions, we consolidate the financial results of our Mexico operations, as well as our discontinued China and Europe operations, on a lag. Consistent with such consolidation, the financial and non-financial information presented in our MD&A relative to these operations is also presented on a lag. Our policy is to accelerate the recording of events occurring in the lag period that significantly affect our consolidated financial statements. There were no significant intervening events which would have materially affected our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or other factors had they been recorded during fiscal 2015.

On November 2, 2011, our Board approved a change in our fiscal year-end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective beginning with our fiscal year 2013. As a result of this change, our fiscal year 2013 transition period was 11 months and ended on February 2, 2013. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

In this MD&A, when financial results for fiscal 2014 are compared to financial results for fiscal 2013, the results for the 12-month fiscal 2014 are compared to the results for the 11-month transition period from fiscal 2013. Fiscal 2014 (12-month) included 52 weeks and fiscal 2013 (11-month) included 48 weeks. The following tables show the fiscal months included within the various comparison periods in our MD&A:

			
Fiscal 2015 (12-month) Results Compared With Fiscal 2014 (12-month) (1)	
2015 (12-month)	 	2014 (12-month)	
February 2014 - January 2015	 	February 2013 - January 2014	
		
(1)	For entities reported on a lag, the fiscal months included in fiscal 2015 (12 month) and fiscal 2014 (12-month) were January through December.	

			
Fiscal 2014 (12-month) Results Compared With Fiscal 2013 (11-month) (1)	
2014 (12-month)	 	2013 (11-month)	
February 2013 - January 2014	 	March 2012 - January 2013	
		
(1)	For entities reported on a lag, the fiscal months included in fiscal 2014 (12-month) were January through December and for fiscal 2013 (11-month) were February through December.	

Discontinued Operations Presentation

The results of mindSHIFT in our Domestic segment and Best Buy Europe and Five Star in our International segment are presented as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Unless otherwise stated, financial results discussed herein refer to continuing operations.

Domestic Segment Installment Billing Plans

In April 2014, we began to sell installment billing plans offered by mobile carriers to our customers to complement the more traditional two-year plans. While the two types of contracts have broadly similar overall economics, installment billing plans typically generate higher revenues due to higher proceeds for devices and higher cost of sales due to lower device subsidies. As we increase our mix of installment billing plans, there is an associated increase in revenue and cost of goods sold and a decrease in gross profit rate, with gross profit dollars relatively unaffected. We estimate that our fiscal 2015 Enterprise and Domestic comparable sales of 0.5% and 1.0%, respectively, both include a 0.5% of revenue impact from this classification difference. The impact on our consolidated gross profit rate was immaterial.

Consolidated Results

Fiscal 2015 Summary

•	Fiscal 2015 included net earnings from continuing operations of $1.2 billion, compared to $695 million in fiscal 2014. Net earnings in fiscal 2015 included a $353 million discrete tax benefit related to reorganizing certain European legal entities, while fiscal 2014 included $149 million of restructuring charges. Earnings per diluted share from continuing operations was $3.53 in fiscal 2015, compared to $2.00 in fiscal 2014.	

29

Table of Contents

•	Revenue was $40.3 billion in fiscal 2015. The slight decrease from fiscal 2014 was primarily driven by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, partially offset by a comparable sales gain of 0.5%. Excluding the 0.5% of revenue estimated benefit associated with the classification of the new mobile carrier installment billing plans, comparable sales were flat.	
		
•	Our gross profit rate decreased by 0.7% of revenue to 22.4% of revenue in fiscal 2015. The decrease was primarily due to LCD-related legal settlements received in fiscal 2014.	
		
•	We generated $1.9 billion in operating cash flow in fiscal 2015, compared to $1.1 billion in fiscal 2014, and we ended fiscal 2015 with $3.9 billion of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, compared to $2.9 billion at the end of fiscal 2014. Capital expenditures remained relatively consistent with the prior year, as we continued to follow a more disciplined capital allocation process.	
		
•	During fiscal 2015, we made four dividend payments totaling $0.72 per share, or $251 million in the aggregate.	

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions, except per share amounts):

													
 	 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
Consolidated Performance Summary	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	 	$	40,339		 	$	40,611		 	$	38,252		
Revenue % gain (decline) (1)	 	(0.7	)%	 	6.2	 %	 	(11.9	)%	
Comparable sales % gain (decline)	 	0.5	 %	 	(1.0	)%	 	(2.7	)%	
Gross profit	 	$	9,047		 	$	9,399		 	$	9,023		
Gross profit as a % of revenue (2)	 	22.4	 %	 	23.1	 %	 	23.6	 %	
SG&A	 	$	7,592		 	$	8,106		 	$	7,905		
SG&A as a % of revenue (3)	 	18.8	 %	 	20.0	 %	 	20.7	 %	
Restructuring charges	 	$	5		 	$	149		 	$	414		
Goodwill impairments	 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	614		
Operating income	 	$	1,450		 	$	1,144		 	$	90		
Operating income as a % of revenue	 	3.6	 %	 	2.8	 %	 	0.2	 %	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	$	1,246		 	$	695		 	$	(259	)	
Loss from discontinued operations (2)	 	$	(13	)	 	$	(163	)	 	$	(182	)	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	$	1,233		 	$	532		 	$	(441	)	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	 	$	3.53		 	$	2.00		 	$	(0.76	)	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	 	$	3.49		 	$	1.53		 	$	(1.30	)	
		
(1)	The revenue % decline for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is compared to the 12-month fiscal year 2012	
		
(2)	Because retailers vary in how they record costs of operating their supply chain between cost of goods sold and SG&A, our gross profit rate and SG&A rate may not be comparable to other retailers' corresponding rates. For additional information regarding costs classified in cost of goods sold and SG&A, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.	
		
(3)	Includes both gain (loss) from discontinued operations and net (earnings) loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests.	

Fiscal 2015 Results Compared With Fiscal 2014

The components of the 0.7% revenue decrease in fiscal 2015 were as follows:

			
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations	(0.7	)%	
Net store changes	(0.2	)%	
Non-comparable sales (1)	(0.2	)%	
Comparable sales impact	0.4	 %	
Total revenue decrease	(0.7	)%	
		
(1)	Non-comparable sales reflects the impact of revenue streams not included within our comparable sales calculation, such as certain credit card revenue, gift card breakage and sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers, as applicable.	

30

Table of Contents

Our gross profit rate decreased 0.7% of revenue in fiscal 2015 . Our Domestic and International segments contributed a rate decrease of 0.6% of revenue and 0.1% of revenue, respectively. For further discussion of each segment's gross profit rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary , below.

The SG&A rate decreased 1.2% of revenue in fiscal 2015 . Our Domestic and International segments contributed a rate decrease of 1.1% of revenue and 0.1% of revenue, respectively. For further discussion of each segment's SG&A rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

We recorded restructuring charges of $149 million in fiscal 2014, comprised of $123 million in our Domestic segment and $26 million in our International segment. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2014 of 0.4% of revenue. We recorded an immaterial amount of restructuring charges in fiscal 2015. For further discussion of each segment’s restructuring charges, see Segment Performance Summary , below.

Our operating income increased $306 million , and our operating income as a percent of revenue increased to 3.6% of revenue in fiscal 2015, compared to operating income of 2.8% of revenue in fiscal 2014. The increase in our operating income was due to a decrease in SG&A and restructuring charges, partially offset by LCD-related legal settlements in fiscal 2014.

Fiscal 2014 (12-month) Results Compared With Fiscal 2013 (11-month)

For purposes of this section, fiscal 2014 (12-month) represents the 12-month period ended February 1, 2014 and fiscal 2013 (11-month) represents the 11-month transition period ended February 2, 2013.

The components of the 6.2% revenue increase in fiscal 2014 (12-month) were as follows:

			
Extra month of revenue (1)	7.8	 %	
Comparable sales impact	(0.6	)%	
Net store changes	(0.5	)%	
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations	(0.5	)%	
Total revenue increase	6.2	 %	
		
(1)	Represents the incremental revenue in fiscal 2014, which had 12 months of activity compared to 11 months in fiscal 2013 as a result of our fiscal year-end change.	

Our gross profit rate decreased 0.5% of revenue in fiscal 2014 (12-month). Our Domestic and International segments contributed a rate decrease of 0.4% of revenue and 0.1% of revenue, respectively. For further discussion of each segment's gross profit rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary , below.

The SG&A rate decreased 0.7% of revenue in fiscal 2014 (12-month). Our Domestic and International segments contributed a rate decrease of 0.6% of revenue and 0.1% of revenue, respectively. For further discussion of each segment's SG&A rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

We recorded restructuring charges of $149 million in fiscal 2014 (12-month), comprised of $123 million in our Domestic segment and $26 million in our International segment. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2014 (12-month) of 0.4% of revenue. We recorded $415 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 (11-month), which included $1 million of inventory write-downs recorded in cost of goods sold. Our Domestic and International segments recorded $328 million and $87 million of restructuring charges, respectively, in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2013 (11-month) resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate of 1.1% of revenue. For further discussion of each segment’s restructuring charges, see Segment Performance Summary , below.

Our operating income increased $1.1 billion and our operating income as a percent of revenue increased to 2.8% of revenue in fiscal 2014 (12-month), compared to an operating income of 0.2% of revenue in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The increase in our operating income was due to a decrease in goodwill impairments and restructuring charges, as well as LCD-related legal settlements and additional operating income from an extra month of activity in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month).

31

Table of Contents

Segment Performance Summary
 
Domestic
 
The following table presents selected financial data for our Domestic segment for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):

													
 	 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
Domestic Segment Performance Summary	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue	 	$	36,055		 	$	35,831		 	$	33,222		
Revenue % gain (decline) (1)	 	0.6	%	 	7.9	 %	 	(2.6	)%	
Comparable sales % gain (decline) (2)	 	1.0	%	 	(0.4	)%	 	(1.7	)%	
Gross profit	 	$	8,080		 	$	8,274		 	$	7,789		
Gross profit as a % of revenue	 	22.4	%	 	23.1	 %	 	23.4	 %	
SG&A	 	$	6,639		 	$	7,006		 	$	6,728		
SG&A as a % of revenue	 	18.4	%	 	19.6	 %	 	20.3	 %	
Restructuring charges	 	$	4		 	$	123		 	$	327		
Goodwill impairments	 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	3		
Operating income	 	$	1,437		 	$	1,145		 	$	731		
Operating income as a % of revenue	 	4.0	%	 	3.2	 %	 	2.2	 %	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selected Online Revenue Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Online revenue as a % of total segment revenue	 	9.8	%	 	8.5	 %	 	7.2	 %	
Comparable online sales % gain (2)	 	16.7	%	 	19.8	 %	 	11.4	 %	
(1) The revenue % decline for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is compared to the 12-month fiscal year 2012.
(2) Comparable online sales gain is included in the total comparable sales gain (decline) above.

The following table reconciles our Domestic segment stores open at the end of each of the last three fiscal years:

																					
 	Fiscal 2013 (11-Month)	 	Fiscal 2014	 	Fiscal 2015	
 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	 	Stores
Opened	 	Stores
Closed	 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	 	Stores
Opened	 	Stores
Closed	 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	
Best Buy	1,056		 	—		 	(1	)	 	1,055		 	—		 	(5	)	 	1,050		
Best Buy Mobile stand-alone	409		 	12		 	(15	)	 	406		 	1		 	(40	)	 	367		
Pacific Sales	34		 	—		 	(4	)	 	30		 	—		 	(1	)	 	29		
Magnolia Audio Video	4		 	—		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	(2	)	 	2		
Total Domestic segment stores	1,503		 	12		 	(20	)	 	1,495		 	1		 	(48	)	 	1,448		

Fiscal 2015 Results Compared With Fiscal 2014

Domestic segment revenue increased in fiscal 2015, primarily driven by comparable sales growth of 1.0%. Excluding the 0.5% of revenue estimated benefit associated with the classification of the new mobile carrier installment billing plans, comparable sales increased 0.5%. Online revenue was $3.5 billion, and we experienced comparable online sales growth of 16.7% due to: (1) improved inventory availability made possible by the chain-wide rollout of our ship-from-store capability that was completed in January 2014; (2) higher average order value; and (3) increased traffic driven by greater investment in online digital marketing.

Fiscal 2015 was also the first full year under the credit card agreement, the term of which started in September 2013. At the beginning of the year we estimated that we would generate $150 million to $200 million less credit card revenue in fiscal 2015. However, revenue earned decreased by only $7 million compared to fiscal 2014, as we experienced significantly better performance than expected, particularly in the fourth quarter. The impact of our credit card agreement on our revenue is substantially the same as the impact on our gross profit and operating income.

32

Table of Contents

The components of the 0.6% revenue increase in the Domestic segment in fiscal 2015 (12-month) were as follows:

			
Comparable sales impact	0.9	 %	
Non-comparable sales (1)	(0.2	)%	
Net store changes	(0.1	)%	
Total revenue increase	0.6	 %	
		
(1)	Non-comparable sales reflects the impact of revenue streams not included within our comparable sales calculation, such as credit card revenue, gift card breakage, commercial sales and sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers.	

The net store changes did not have a material impact on our revenue in fiscal 2015, as the majority of closures occurred in the fourth quarter and related to our small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores. The closing of small-format Best Buy Mobile stores have a significantly smaller impact given their smaller size and limited category focus compared to our large-format stores.

The following table presents the Domestic segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

												
 	Revenue Mix Summary	 	Comparable Store Sales Summary	
 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Consumer Electronics	31	%	 	30	%	 	3.7	 %	 	(5.6	)%	
Computing and Mobile Phones	47	%	 	48	%	 	(0.6	)%	 	4.7	 %	
Entertainment	9	%	 	8	%	 	4.5	 %	 	(16.3	)%	
Appliances	7	%	 	7	%	 	7.5	 %	 	16.7	 %	
Services	5	%	 	6	%	 	(11.1	)%	 	0.2	 %	
Other	1	%	 	1	%	 	n/a		 	n/a		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	1.0	 %	 	(0.4	)%	

The following is a description of the notable comparable sales changes in our Domestic segment by revenue category:

•	Consumer Electronics: The 3.7% comparable sales increase was primarily due to growth in televisions, with strong growth in ultra HD television. This was partially offset by declines in DVD/Blu-ray players, as online streaming continues to increase, and cameras, as device convergence with smartphones and tablets continued.	
		
•	Computing and Mobile Phones: The 0.6% comparable sales decline primarily resulted from a significant decrease in tablets due to industry declines. This decline was partially offset by an increase in sales of computers, as well as an increase in sales of mobile phones driven by the introduction of mobile carrier installment billing plans and higher year over year selling prices. Excluding the impact of installment billing, mobile phone comparable sales declined.	
		
•	Entertainment: The 4.5% comparable sales increase was driven primarily by gaming sales from the new platforms launched in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, partially offset by the continuing declines in movies and music as consumers continue to shift from physical media to online streaming and downloads.	
		
•	Appliances: The 7.5% comparable sales gain was a result of strong performance throughout fiscal 2015 due to effective promotions, the addition of appliance specialists in select stores and the positive impact of Pacific Kitchen & Home store-within-a-store concepts.	
		
•	Services: The 11.1% comparable sales decline was primarily due to lower mobile repair revenue and lower sales of extended warranty plans driven by lower attach rates.	
 
Our Domestic segment experienced a decrease in gross profit of $194 million , or 2.3% , in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The most significant driver of the decrease was $264 million of LCD-related legal settlements that we received in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and, to a lesser extent, $50 million of LCD settlements received in the first quarter of fiscal 2014. Excluding these LCD settlements, we experienced an increase in gross profit of $120 million, and the gross profit rate increased 0.2% of revenue. The primary drivers of the gross profit rate increase were: (1) the benefit from the realization of our Renew Blue cost reductions and other supply chain cost containment initiatives (including initiatives related to returns, replacements and damages); (2) a more structured and analytical approach to pricing, notably in the fourth quarter; and (3) increased revenue in higher-margin large-screen televisions. These increases were offset by a mix shift into lower-margin gaming and computing categories and a highly competitive promotional environment in tablets.

33

Table of Contents

Our Domestic segment's SG&A decreased $367 million , or 5.2% , in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. In addition, the SG&A rate decreased by 1.2% of revenue compared to the prior year. The decreases in SG&A and SG&A rate were primarily driven by the realization of Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives and the benefit from tighter expense management throughout the company. These declines were partially offset by Renew Blue investments in online growth and our in-store experience, as well as higher incentive compensation.
 
Our Domestic segment recorded $4 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 and incurred $123 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2014. The restructuring charges had an immaterial impact on our operating income rate in fiscal 2015 and resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate in fiscal 2014 of 0.3% of revenue. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring Charges , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our restructuring activities.
 
Our Domestic segment’s operating income increased $292 million , or 0.8% of revenue, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The increase was driven by lower SG&A, a comparable sales gain and lower restructuring charges, partially offset by the decrease in gross profit from the prior-year LCD settlements described above.
 
Fiscal 2014 (12-month) Results Compared With Fiscal 2013 (11-month)
 
For purposes of this section, fiscal 2014 (12-month) represents the 12-month period ended February 1, 2014 and fiscal 2013 (11-month) represents the 11-month transition period ended February 2, 2013.

During fiscal 2014 (12-month), we made substantial progress against our Renew Blue priorities. First, we exceeded our original Renew Blue annualized cost reduction target. Second, we made progress stabilizing our comparable store sales and operating income rate. In our Domestic segment, comparable stores were nearly flat for fiscal 2014 (12-month). Domestic operating income increased in fiscal 2014 (12-month); however, this was driven by LCD-related legal settlements and lower restructuring charges. Excluding these items, our operating income rate decreased primarily due to a lower gross profit rate, which was only partially offset by cost reduction initiatives and tighter expense management.

The components of the 7.9% revenue increase in the Domestic segment in fiscal 2014 (12-month) were as follows:

			
Extra month of revenue (1)	8.2	 %	
Net store changes	(0.2	)%	
Comparable sales impact	(0.1	)%	
Total revenue increase	7.9	 %	
		
(1)	Represents the incremental revenue in fiscal 2014, which had 12 months of activity compared to 11 months in fiscal 2013 as a result of our fiscal year-end change. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.	

The decrease in revenue from net store changes was primarily due to the closure of 47 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the second and third quarter of fiscal 2013 (11-month). The opening and closing of small-format Best Buy Mobile stores had a significantly smaller impact given their smaller size and limited category focus compared to our large-format stores.

The following table presents the Domestic segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2014 (12-month) and 2013 (11-month):

												
 	Revenue Mix Summary	 	Comparable Store Sales Summary	
 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	
 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	
Consumer Electronics (1)	30	%	 	32	%	 	(5.6	)%	 	(8.0	)%	
Computing and Mobile Phones (1)	48	%	 	45	%	 	4.7	 %	 	7.4	 %	
Entertainment	8	%	 	10	%	 	(16.3	)%	 	(21.4	)%	
Appliances	7	%	 	6	%	 	16.7	 %	 	10.1	 %	
Services	6	%	 	6	%	 	0.2	 %	 	0.8	 %	
Other	1	%	 	1	%	 	n/a		 	n/a		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	(0.4	)%	 	(1.7	)%	

34

Table of Contents

(1)	In fiscal 2014, e-Readers were moved from the "Consumer Electronics" revenue category to "Computing and Mobile Phones" to reflect the continued convergence of their features with tablets and other computing devices.	

The following is a description of the notable comparable sales changes in our Domestic segment by revenue category:

•	Consumer Electronics: The 5.6% comparable sales decline was primarily due to industry declines driven by device convergence with smartphones and tablets, which has negatively impacted sales of digital imaging products, particularly compact cameras and camcorders, MP3 devices and accessories, and GPS navigation products.	
		
•	Computing and Mobile Phones: The 4.7% comparable sales gain primarily resulted from growth in mobile phones in the first three quarters of fiscal 2014 (12-month), which was partially due to successful promotions and an increased sales mix into higher-priced smartphones. In addition, we experienced a comparable store sales gain in computing driven by growth in the second half of fiscal 2014 (12-month) as a result of improved inventory availability.	
		
•	Entertainment: The 16.3% comparable sales decline was driven primarily by weak gaming sales in the first three quarters as consumers awaited the launch of new platforms in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 (12-month), as well as declines in movies and music as consumers continue to shift from physical media to digital consumption.	
		
•	Appliances: The 16.7% comparable sales gain was a result of strong performance throughout fiscal 2014 (12-month) due to effective promotions, the addition of appliance specialists in select stores, the expansion of the small appliances category and the positive impact of Pacific Kitchen & Home store-within-a-store concepts.	
		
•	Services: The 0.2% comparable sales gain was primarily due to growth in mobile phone repair services, offset by a decline in warranty services due to the prior-year benefit from a periodic profit sharing payment that was earned based on the long-term performance of our externally managed extended service plan portfolio that did not recur in fiscal 2014 (12-month).	
 
Our Domestic segment experienced an increase in gross profit of $485 million, or 6.2%, in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month), driven by the extra month of activity. Excluding the extra month, gross profit declined due to a decline in the gross profit rate and lower revenue. The 0.3% of revenue decrease in the gross profit rate resulted primarily from a greater investment in price competitiveness and increased product warranty-related costs associated with higher claims frequency in mobile phones. These items were partially offset by LCD-related legal settlements, the realization of Renew Blue cost reductions and other supply chain cost containment initiatives and the accelerated recognition of previously deferred revenue associated with our prior credit card agreement.
 
Our Domestic segment's SG&A increased $278 million, or 4.1%, in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month). Excluding the extra month of activity, SG&A decreased primarily from the realization of our Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives, tighter expense management throughout the company and, to a lesser extent, the impact of store closures in fiscal 2013 (11-month). These decreases were partially offset by Renew Blue investments, including optimization of our retail floor space and the re-platforming of and functionality enhancements to bestbuy.com. These factors also contributed to the 0.7% of revenue decline in the SG&A rate.
 
Our Domestic segment recorded $123 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 (12-month), primarily related to employee termination benefits as a result of Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2014 (12-month) of 0.3% of revenue. In fiscal 2013 (11-month) our Domestic segment recorded restructuring charges of $328 million, which included $1 million of inventory write-downs included in cost of goods sold. The restructuring charges related to our Renew Blue and first quarter fiscal 2013 U.S. restructuring activities and consisted primarily of facility closure costs, employee termination benefits and asset impairments. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2013 (11-month) of 1.0% of revenue. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring Charges , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our restructuring activities.
 
Our Domestic segment’s operating income increased $414 million, or 1.0% of revenue, in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month). Excluding the extra month of activity, operating income increased primarily due to lower SG&A expenses and a decrease in restructuring, partially offset by lower gross profit as described above.

35

Table of Contents

International

The following table presents selected financial data for our International segment for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):

													
 	 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
International Segment Performance Summary	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue	 	$	4,284		 	$	4,780		 	$	5,030		
Revenue % decline (1)	 	(10.4	)%	 	(5.0	)%	 	(13.7	)%	
Comparable sales % decline	 	(3.5	)%	 	(5.1	)%	 	(9.1	)%	
Gross profit	 	$	967		 	$	1,125		 	$	1,234		
Gross profit as a % of revenue	 	22.6	 %	 	23.5	 %	 	24.5	 %	
SG&A	 	$	953		 	$	1,100		 	$	1,177		
SG&A as a % of revenue	 	22.2	 %	 	23.0	 %	 	23.4	 %	
Restructuring charges	 	$	1		 	$	26		 	$	87		
Goodwill impairments	 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	611		
Operating income (loss)	 	$	13		 	$	(1	)	 	$	(641	)	
Operating income (loss) as a % of revenue	 	0.3	 %	 	—	 %	 	(12.7	)%	
(1) The revenue % decline for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is compared to the 12-month fiscal year 2012.

The following table reconciles our International segment stores open at the end of each of the last three fiscal years:

																					
 	Fiscal 2013 (11-Month)	 	Fiscal 2014	 	Fiscal 2015	
 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	 	Stores
Opened	 	Stores
Closed	 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	 	Stores
Opened	 	Stores
Closed	 	Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year	
Canada	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Future Shop	140		 	—		 	(3	)	 	137		 	1		 	(5	)	 	133		
Best Buy	72		 	—		 	—		 	72		 	—		 	(1	)	 	71		
Best Buy Mobile stand-alone	49		 	7		 	—		 	56		 	—		 	—		 	56		
Mexico	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Best Buy	14		 	3		 	—		 	17		 	1		 	—		 	18		
Express	1		 	1		 	—		 	2		 	3		 	—		 	5		
Total International segment stores	276		 	11		 	(3	)	 	284		 	5		 	(6	)	 	283		

Fiscal 2015 Results Compared With Fiscal 2014

Our International segment experienced a decrease in revenue of 10.4% primarily driven by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, a comparable sales decline of 3.5%, and the loss of revenue from store closures in Canada.

The components of the International segment's 10.4% revenue decrease in fiscal 2015 (12-month) were as follows:

			
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations	(6.4	)%	
Comparable sales impact	(3.4	)%	
Net store changes	(0.9	)%	
Non-comparable sales (1)	0.3	 %	
Total revenue decrease	(10.4	)%	
		
(1)	Non-comparable sales reflects the impact of revenue streams not included within our comparable store sales calculation, such as certain credit card revenue, gift card breakage and sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers, as applicable.	

36

Table of Contents

The net closure of large-format stores in Canada over the past 12 months contributed to the decrease in revenue associated with net store changes in our International segment in fiscal 2015. The addition of large and small-format stores in Mexico partially offset this decrease.

The following table presents the International segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

												
 	Revenue Mix Summary	 	Comparable Store Sales Summary	
 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Consumer Electronics	30	%	 	29	%	 	(5.1	)%	 	(9.7	)%	
Computing and Mobile Phones	49	%	 	50	%	 	(2.8	)%	 	(1.7	)%	
Entertainment	9	%	 	10	%	 	(5.2	)%	 	(9.3	)%	
Appliances	5	%	 	5	%	 	(0.5	)%	 	(1.5	)%	
Services	6	%	 	6	%	 	(4.7	)%	 	(6.3	)%	
Other	1	%	 	<1%		 	n/a		 	n/a		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	(3.5	)%	 	(5.1	)%	

The following is a description of the notable comparable sales changes in our International segment by revenue category:

•	Consumer Electronics: The 5.1% comparable sales decline was driven primarily by a decrease in sales of digital imaging products, televisions and MP3 devices. The declines in digital imaging products and MP3 devices were a result of device convergence and industry declines. The decrease in sales of televisions was due to overall market softness across the segment and competitive pressures in Canada.	
		
•	Computing and Mobile Phones: The 2.8% comparable sales decline was caused primarily by a decrease in sales of tablets due to industry declines, partially offset by increased mobile phone sales.	
		
•	Entertainment: The 5.2% comparable sales decline was driven by a decrease in sales of movies and music as customers continue to shift from physical media to digital consumption, partially offset by gaming sales in Canada due to the release of new gaming platforms in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014.	
		
•	Appliances: The 0.5% comparable sales decline was driven by Mexico due to a decrease in sales of kitchen appliances, partially offset by appliance sales increases in Canada from expansion of offerings and assortment.	
		
•	Services: The 4.7% comparable sales decline was due to a decrease in sales of warranties in Canada driven by the overall comparable store sales decline in applicable hardware, particularly tablets and televisions.	

Our International segment experienced a gross profit decline of $158 million , or 14.0% , in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, the decrease in gross profit was $88 million. The gross profit rate decline of 0.9% of revenue was driven by Canada due to increased promotional activity and, to a lesser extent, higher revenue in the lower-margin gaming category.

Our International segment's SG&A decreased $147 million , or 13.4% , in fiscal 2015 compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, the decrease in SG&A was $81 million. In addition, the SG&A rate decreased by 0.8% of revenue in fiscal 2015. The decrease in SG&A and SG&A rate was primarily driven by Renew Blue cost reductions and store closures in Canada.

Our International segment recorded $1 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 and incurred $26 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2014. The restructuring charges had an immaterial impact on our operating income rate in fiscal 2015 and resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate in fiscal 2014 of 0.5% of revenue. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring Charges , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our restructuring activities.

Our International segment operating income of $13 million in fiscal 2015 compared to a loss of $1 million in the prior-year period. The improvement in operating income was driven primarily by a decrease in SG&A, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit as described above.

37

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 (12-month) Results Compared With Fiscal 2013 (11-month)

For purposes of this section, fiscal 2014 (12-month) represents the 12-month period ended February 1, 2014 and fiscal 2013 (11-month) represents the 11-month transition period ended February 2, 2013.

In fiscal 2014 (12-month), we experienced a comparable sales decline in Canada, as sales were negatively impacted by lower industry demand for consumer electronics. We also started to implement our Renew Blue initiatives in our International segment in fiscal 2014 (12-month). While our International segment continues to experience revenue and gross profit challenges, we have made progress in stabilizing comparable sales and reducing SG&A expenses. Increased promotional activity and a higher mix of lower-margin products in Canada contributed to a decline in our gross profit rate. The SG&A rate decline was primarily driven by Renew Blue cost reductions and tighter expense management in Canada and the elimination of expenses associated with previously closed stores in Canada.

The components of the International segment's 5.0% revenue decrease in fiscal 2014 (12-month) were as follows:

			
Comparable sales impact	(4.5	)%	
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations	(4.0	)%	
Net store changes	(2.4	)%	
Non-comparable sales (1)	(0.1	)%	
Extra month of revenue (2)	6.0	 %	
Total revenue decrease	(5.0	)%	
		
(1)	Non-comparable sales reflects the impact of revenue streams not included within our comparable sales calculation, such as certain credit card revenue, gift card breakage and sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers.	
		
(2)	Represents the incremental revenue in fiscal 2014, which had 12 months of activity compared to 11 months in fiscal 2013 as a result of our fiscal year-end change.	

The closure of large-format stores in Canada at the end of fiscal 2013 (11-month) contributed to the majority of the decrease in revenue associated with net store changes in our International segment in fiscal 2014 (12-month). The addition of large-format stores in Mexico and small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores in Canada partially offset this decrease.

The following table presents the International segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2014 (12-month) and 2013 (11-month):

												
 	Revenue Mix Summary	 	Comparable Store Sales Summary	
 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	
 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	
Consumer Electronics (1)	29	%	 	32	%	 	(9.7	)%	 	(14.9	)%	
Computing and Mobile Phones (1)	50	%	 	47	%	 	(1.7	)%	 	(2.7	)%	
Entertainment	10	%	 	10	%	 	(9.3	)%	 	(17.4	)%	
Appliances	5	%	 	5	%	 	(1.5	)%	 	(6.2	)%	
Services	6	%	 	6	%	 	(6.3	)%	 	(10.7	)%	
Other	<1%		 	<1%		 	n/a		 	n/a		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	(5.1	)%	 	(9.1	)%	
		
(1)	In fiscal 2014, e-Readers were moved from the "Consumer Electronics" revenue category to "Computing and Mobile Phones" to reflect the continued convergence of their features with tablets and other computing devices.	

The following is a description of the notable comparable sales changes in our International segment by revenue category:

•	Consumer Electronics: The 9.7% comparable sales decline was driven primarily by a decrease in sales of televisions, digital imaging products and MP3 devices and accessories. The declines in digital imaging products and MP3 devices and accessories were a result of device convergence, similar to trends seen in the Domestic segment.	
		
•	Computing and Mobile Phones: The 1.7% comparable sales decline was caused primarily by a decrease in sales of computers and computer accessories, partially offset by increased tablet sales.	

38

Table of Contents

•	Entertainment: The 9.3% comparable sales decline, principally in Canada, reflected a decrease in sales of movies due to a lack of new releases and weak gaming sales in the first three quarters, as consumers awaited the launch of new platforms in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 (12-month).	
		
•	Appliances: The 1.5% comparable sales decline was primarily due to a decline in sales of kitchen and laundry appliances in Canada.	
		
•	Services: The 6.3% comparable sales decline was primarily due to a decrease in sales of extended warranties in Canada driven by the overall comparable store sales decline and a change in product mix, particularly in televisions.	

Our International segment experienced a gross profit decline of $109 million, or 8.8%, in fiscal 2014 (12-month), driven primarily by a revenue decline in Canada and a decrease in the gross profit rate, which were partially offset by an extra month of activity. The 1.0% of revenue decrease in the gross profit rate was driven by increased promotional activity and an increased mix of lower-margin products, primarily in Canada.

Our International segment's SG&A decreased $77 million, or 6.5%, in fiscal 2014 (12-month) due to savings from previous store closures in Canada and China and Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by an extra month of activity. The SG&A rate also decreased by 0.4% of revenue as a result of the aforementioned factors.

Our International segment recorded $26 million and $87 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 (12-month) and 2013 (11-month), respectively. The fiscal 2014 (12-month) restructuring charges primarily related to employee termination benefits as a result of Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives. The restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 (11-month) also related to our Renew Blue initiatives and consisted of facility closure costs, property and equipment impairments and employee termination benefits. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2014 (12-month) and fiscal 2013 (11-month) of 0.5% of revenue and 1.7% of revenue, respectively. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring Charges , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our restructuring activities.

During fiscal 2014 (12-month), we recorded no goodwill impairment charges compared to $611 million in fiscal 2013 (11-month). Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about the fiscal 2013 (11-month) goodwill impairment.

The decrease in the International segment's operating loss in fiscal 2014 (12-month) was primarily due to the decreased goodwill impairment and restructuring charges, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit.

Additional Consolidated Results

Other Income (Expense)

In fiscal 2015, we recognized a gain of $13 million due to the sale of available-for-sale and cost-based investments. In fiscal 2014, we recognized a gain of $20 million in connection with the sale of cost-based investments.

In fiscal 2015, our investment income and other was $14 million, compared to $19 million in the prior year. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was due to lower returns on our deferred compensation assets, partially offset by an increase in interest income driven by higher average cash and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances. In fiscal 2014 (12-month), our investment income and other was $19 million, compared to $13 million in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The increase in fiscal 2014 (12-month) was primarily due to higher average cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments balances.

Interest expense was $90 million in fiscal 2015, compared to $100 million in fiscal 2014. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to replacing our previous 2013 Notes that bore interest at 6.75% with 2018 Notes that bear interest at 5.00% in the middle of fiscal 2014. Interest expense was $100 million in fiscal 2014 (12-month), compared to $99 million in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The relatively flat interest expense was the result of an extra month of expense in fiscal 2014 (12-month), offset by a decrease in interest expense as a result of replacing our previous 2013 Notes with 2018 Notes.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased to $141 million in fiscal 2015, compared to a tax expense of $388 million in the prior year, primarily due to a $353 million discrete benefit related to reorganizing certain European legal entities, partially offset by an increase in pre-tax earnings in the current-year period. Our effective income tax rate ("ETR") for fiscal 2015 was 10.1%, compared to a rate of 35.8% in fiscal 2014. Excluding the impact of reorganizing certain European legal entities, the ETR

39

Table of Contents

would have been 35.6% in fiscal 2015. Refer to Note 10, Income Taxes , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Income tax expense increased to $388 million in fiscal 2014 (12-month), compared to a tax expense of $263 million in the prior-year period. Our ETR was 35.8% in fiscal 2014 (12-month), compared to 7,152.3% in fiscal 2013 (11-month). Excluding the impact of the goodwill impairments (which are not tax deductible), the ETR would have been 42.6% in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The ETR in fiscal 2014 (12-month) was lower than in fiscal 2013 (11-month), excluding the goodwill impairments, as fiscal 2013 (11-month) was higher than normal as a result of decreased tax benefits from foreign operations, which were due primarily to a decrease in foreign earnings and a valuation allowance on U.S. federal foreign tax credits.

Our consolidated effective tax rate is impacted by the statutory income tax rates applicable to each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. As our foreign earnings are generally taxed at lower statutory rates than the 35% U.S. federal statutory rate, changes in the proportion of our consolidated taxable earnings originating in foreign jurisdictions impact our consolidated effective rate. Our foreign earnings have been indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. and are not subject to current U.S. income tax.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations consists primarily of Best Buy Europe and Five Star in our International segment, as well as mindSHIFT in our Domestic segment.

The loss from discontinued operations was $11 million in fiscal 2015 compared to a loss of $172 million in fiscal 2014. The decrease in the loss year-over-year was primarily due to the impairment of our investment in Best Buy Europe, as well as the loss on the sale of mindSHIFT in fiscal 2014. The loss from discontinued operations of $172 million in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to a loss of $161 million in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The loss in fiscal 2013 (11-month) was primarily due to the write-off of goodwill related to our Five Star reporting unit.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Highly competitive market conditions and the general economic environment minimized inflation's impact on the selling prices of our products and services and on our expenses. In addition, price deflation and the continued commoditization of certain technology products limited our ability to increase our gross profit rate.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The periods used for analysis of non-GAAP financial performance represent the periods that management used internally to assess performance. As a result of the change in our fiscal year in fiscal 2013, some of the periods included in this section of our MD&A differ from the audited periods included in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings, and as such, these periods are also different than those analyzed within the Results of Operations section of the MD&A.

40

Table of Contents

The following table reconciles operating income, net earnings and diluted earnings per share for the periods presented from continuing operations (GAAP financial measures) to non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP net earnings and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (non-GAAP financial measures) for the periods presented ($ in millions, except per share amounts).

													
 	 	12-Month (1)	
 	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	 	 	 	 	 	(recast)	
Operating income	 	$	1,450		 	$	1,144		 	$	391		
Restructuring charges – cost of goods sold	 	—		 	—		 	1		
Net LCD settlements (2)	 	—		 	(229	)	 	—		
Non-restructuring asset impairments	 	42		 	99		 	49		
Restructuring charges	 	5		 	149		 	420		
Goodwill impairments	 	—		 	—		 	613		
Non-GAAP operating income	 	$	1,497		 	$	1,163		 	$	1,474		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	$	1,246		 	$	695		 	$	(54	)	
After-tax impact of restructuring charges – cost of goods sold	 	—		 	—		 	1		
After-tax impact of net LCD settlements (2)	 	—		 	(142	)	 	—		
After-tax impact of non-restructuring asset impairments	 	28		 	67		 	33		
After-tax impact of restructuring charges	 	4		 	95		 	271		
After-tax impact of goodwill impairments	 	—		 	—		 	612		
After-tax impact of gain on sale of investments	 	(7	)	 	(12	)	 	—		
Income tax impact of Best Buy Europe sale (3)	 	—		 	18		 	—		
Income tax impact of Europe legal entity reorganization (4)	 	$	(353	)	 	$	—		 	$	—		
Adjusted net earnings from continuing operations	 	$	918		 	$	721		 	$	863		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	 	$	3.53		 	$	2.00		 	$	(0.16	)	
Per share impact of restructuring charges – cost of goods sold	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Per share impact of net LCD settlements (2)	 	—		 	(0.41	)	 	—		
Per share impact of non-restructuring asset impairments	 	0.08		 	0.19		 	0.10		
Per share impact of restructuring charges	 	0.01		 	0.28		 	0.80		
Per share impact of goodwill impairments	 	—		 	—		 	1.80		
Per share impact of gain on sale of investments	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.04	)	 	—		
Per share income tax impact of Best Buy Europe sale (3)	 	—		 	0.05		 	—		
Per share income tax effect of Europe legal entity reorganization (4)	 	(1.00	)	 	—		 	—		
Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations	 	$	2.60		 	$	2.07		 	$	2.54		
		
(1)	The 12-month periods represent: the 12-months ended January 31, 2015 ("2015"); the 12-months ended February 1, 2014 ("2014"); and the recast 12-months ended February 2, 2013 ("2013"). 2015 and 2014 included 52 weeks, while 2013 included 53 weeks.	
		
(2)	Amounts for 2014 exclude the pre-tax impact of $44 million of net proceeds from LCD settlements reached in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, as we did not adjust for LCD settlements prior to the material settlements reached in the second quarter of fiscal 2014.	
		
(3)	Represents the tax impact of the Best Buy Europe sale and resulting required tax allocation between continuing and discontinued operations.	
		
(4)	Represents the acceleration of a non-cash tax benefit of $353 million as a result of reorganizing certain European legal entities to simplify our overall structure in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.	

Non-GAAP operating income increased $334 million in 2015 compared to 2014, and non-GAAP operating income as a percent of revenue increased to 3.7%. The increase in non-GAAP operating income was driven by SG&A cost reductions in both segments primarily due to the realization of our Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives and tighter expense management, partially offset by a decline in revenue in our International segment. The increase in non-GAAP operating income resulted in a

41

Table of Contents

year-over-year increase in non-GAAP net earnings from continuing operations and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations in 2015 compared to the prior-year period.

In 2014, non-GAAP operating income decreased $311 million compared to 2013. The decrease in non-GAAP operating income was primarily driven by the extra week of operations in 2013 and a decrease in the gross profit rate (adjusted to exclude LCD-related legal settlements in the second quarter of 2014). This decrease was partially offset by lower SG&A spending due to the realization of Renew Blue cost reduction initiatives and tighter expense management in both the Domestic and International segments. These same factors contributed to the year-over-year decreases in non-GAAP net earnings from continuing operations and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations in 2014 compared to the prior-year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Summary

We closely manage our liquidity and capital resources. Our liquidity requirements depend on key variables, including the level of investment required to support our business strategies, the performance of our business, capital expenditures, credit facilities and short-term borrowing arrangements and working capital management. Capital expenditures are a component of our cash flow and capital management strategy which, to a large extent, we can adjust in response to economic and other changes in our business environment. We have a disciplined approach to capital allocation, which focuses on investing in key priorities that support our Renew Blue transformation.

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 ($ in millions):

								
 	January 31, 2015		 	February 1, 2014		
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,432		 	$	2,678		
Short-term investments	1,456		 	223		
Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	3,888		 	$	2,901		

The increase in cash and cash equivalents from February 1, 2014, was primarily due to cash generated from operating activities, partially offset by capital expenditures and dividend payments.

Working capital, the excess of current assets over current liabilities, was $4.0 billion at January 31, 2015, an increase from $3.0 billion at February 1, 2014.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Total cash provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	$	1,935		 	$	1,094		 	$	1,454		
Investing activities	(1,712	)	 	(517	)	 	(538	)	
Financing activities	(223	)	 	319		 	(211	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(52	)	 	(44	)	 	(4	)	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	(52	)	 	$	852		 	$	701		

Operating Activities

The increase in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to improved management of working capital in fiscal 2015. Additionally, in fiscal 2014 there were larger cash outflows from accounts payable, following unusually high balances at the end of fiscal 2013 due to timing of inventory receipts and payments.

42

Table of Contents

The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month) was primarily due to increased cash outflows for accounts payable, partially offset by improved inventory management and increased cash inflow from receivables.

Investing Activities

The increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to increased purchases of short-term investments in fiscal 2015.

The decrease in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month) was primarily due to lower capital expenditures and proceeds from the disposition of mindSHIFT, partially offset by purchases of short-term investments in fiscal 2014 (12-month).

Financing Activities

The decrease in cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to decreased borrowing and decreased proceeds from the issuance of common stock, primarily from the exercise of employee stock options.

The increase in cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2014 (12-month) compared to fiscal 2013 (11-month) was primarily due to increased borrowing, increased proceeds from the issuance of common stock, primarily from the exercise of employee stock options, and the lack of share repurchases in fiscal 2014 (12-month).

Sources of Liquidity

Funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and our credit facilities are our most significant sources of liquidity. We believe our sources of liquidity will be sufficient to sustain operations and to finance anticipated capital investments and strategic initiatives. However, in the event our liquidity is insufficient, we may be required to limit our spending. There can be no assurance that we will continue to generate cash flows at or above current levels or that we will be able to maintain our ability to borrow under our existing credit facilities or obtain additional financing, if necessary, on favorable terms.

On June 30, 2014, we entered into a new $1.25 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Five-Year Facility Agreement") with a syndicate of banks that expires in June 2019. The Five-Year Facility Agreement replaced the previous $1.5 billion unsecured revolving credit facility, which was originally scheduled to expire in October 2016, but was terminated on June 30, 2014. At January 31, 2015, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Five-Year Facility Agreement. Refer to Note 5, Debt , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our credit facilities.

Our ability to access our revolving credit facility under the Five-Year Facility Agreement is subject to our compliance with the terms and conditions of the facility, including financial covenants. The financial covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios. At January 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all such financial covenants. If an event of default were to occur with respect to any of our other debt, it would likely constitute an event of default under our facilities as well.

An interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of pre-tax earnings before fixed charges (interest expense and the interest portion of rent expense) to fixed charges. Our interest coverage ratio, calculated as reported in Exhibit No. 12.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, was 5.08 and 4.06 in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively.
 
Our credit ratings and outlooks at March 23, 2015 , are summarized below. On September 3, 2014, Fitch Ratings Limited ("Fitch") upgraded its long-term credit rating from BB- to BB with a Stable outlook. On July 2, 2014, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") reaffirmed its Baa2 long-term credit rating and changed its outlook from Negative to Stable. The rating and outlook from Standard & Poor's Rating Services ("Standard & Poor's") remain consistent with those disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014.

					
Rating Agency	 	Rating	 	Outlook	
Standard & Poor's	 	BB	 	Stable	
Moody's	 	Baa2	 	Stable	
Fitch	 	BB	 	Stable	

43

Table of Contents

Credit rating agencies review their ratings periodically and, therefore, the credit rating assigned to us by each agency may be subject to revision at any time. Accordingly, we are not able to predict whether our current credit ratings will remain as disclosed above. Factors that can affect our credit ratings include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, conditions in the retail and consumer electronics industries, our financial position and changes in our business strategy. If further changes in our credit ratings were to occur, they could impact, among other things, interest costs for certain of our credit facilities, our future borrowing costs, access to capital markets, vendor financing terms and future new-store leasing costs.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Our liquidity is also affected by restricted cash balances that are pledged as collateral or restricted to use for general liability insurance and workers' compensation insurance. Restricted cash and cash equivalents related to our continuing operations, which are included in other current assets, remained flat at $184 million and $182 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Our capital expenditures typically include investments in our stores, distribution capabilities and information technology enhancements (including e-commerce). During fiscal 2015, we invested $551 million (excluding Five Star) in property and equipment, primarily related to upgrading our information technology systems and capabilities, and store-related projects.
 
The following table presents our capital expenditures for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
New stores	$	3		 	$	8		 	$	49		
Store-related projects (1)	177		 	110		 	149		
E-commerce and information technology	355		 	350		 	329		
Other	16		 	9		 	47		
Total capital expenditures (2)(3)	$	551		 	$	477		 	$	574		
		
(1)	Includes store remodels and various merchandising projects.	
		
(2)	Excludes $10 million , $70 million , and $131 million for fiscal 2015 (12-month), fiscal 2014 (12-month) and 2013 (11-month), respectively, related to Five Star and Best Buy Europe.	
		
(3)	Total capital expenditures exclude non-cash capital expenditures of $14 million , $13 million and $29 million for fiscal 2015 (12-month), fiscal 2014 (12-month) and 2013 (11-month), respectively. Non-cash capital expenditures are comprised of capitalized leases, as well as additions to property and equipment included in accounts payable.	

In fiscal 2016 we estimate capital expenditures of approximately $650 million to $700 million, with the focus on retail store, e-commerce and information technology projects.

Debt and Capital

We have $350 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2016 (the “2016 Notes”), $500 million principal amount of notes due August 1, 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) and $650 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2021 (the “2021 Notes”). Refer to Note 5, Debt , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our 2016 Notes, 2018 Notes and 2021 Notes.

Other

At January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, we had $69 million and $95 million , respectively, outstanding under financing lease obligations.

Share Repurchases and Dividends

From time to time, we repurchase our common stock in the open market pursuant to programs approved by our Board. We may repurchase our common stock for a variety of reasons, such as acquiring shares to offset dilution related to equity-based

44

Table of Contents

incentives, including stock options and our employee stock purchase plan, and optimizing our capital structure. We consider several factors in determining whether to make share repurchases including, among other things, our cash needs, the availability of funding, our future business plans and the market price of our stock. If we decide to make future share repurchases, we expect that cash provided by future operating activities, as well as available cash and cash equivalents, will be the sources of funding for our share repurchase program.

In fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, we did not repurchase or retire any shares. In fiscal 2013 (11-month), we repurchased and retired 6.3 million shares at a cost of $122 million . At the end of fiscal 2015 (12-month), $4.0 billion of the $5.0 billion share repurchase program authorized by our Board in June 2011 was available for future share repurchases. Repurchased shares have been retired and constitute authorized but unissued shares.

In fiscal 2004, our Board initiated the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend on our common stock. A quarterly cash dividend has been paid in each subsequent quarter. The payment of cash dividends is subject to customary legal and contractual restrictions. During fiscal 2015, we made four cash dividend payments totaling $0.72 per share, or $251 million in the aggregate.

On March 3, 2015, we announced a plan to return capital to shareholders. The plan includes a special, one-time dividend of $0.51 per share, or approximately $180 million, and a 21% increase in our regular quarterly dividend to $0.23 per share. We plan to resume share repurchases under the June 2011 program, with the intent to repurchase $1.0 billion in shares over the next three years.

Other Financial Measures

Our debt to earnings ratio was 1.3 as of January 31, 2015, compared to 2.4 as of February 1, 2014, due primarily to an increase in net earnings in the 12 months ended January 31, 2015 compared to the prior year. Our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio, which includes capitalized operating lease obligations in its calculation, was 2.8 and 3.2 as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. The decrease in the ratio was due to a decrease in capitalized operating lease obligations and an increase in EBITDAR.

Our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the most directly comparable ratio determined in accordance with GAAP. We have included this information in our MD&A as we view the adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio as an important indicator of our creditworthiness. Furthermore, we believe that our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is important for understanding our financial position and provides meaningful additional information about our ability to service our long-term debt and other fixed obligations and to fund our future growth. We also believe our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is relevant because it enables investors to compare our indebtedness to that of retailers who own, rather than lease, their stores. Our decision to own or lease real estate is based on an assessment of our financial liquidity, our capital structure, our desire to own or to lease the location, the owner’s desire to own or to lease the location, and the alternative that results in the highest return to our shareholders.
 
Our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is calculated as follows:

	
			
Adjusted debt to EBITDAR =	Adjusted debt	 	
	EBITDAR	 	
 
The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is our debt to net earnings ratio, which excludes capitalized operating lease obligations from debt in the numerator of the calculation and does not adjust net earnings in the denominator of the calculation.

45

Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of our debt to net earnings ratio to our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio for continuing operations ($ in millions):

								
 	2015 (1)	 	2014 (1)	
Debt (including current portion) (2)	$	1,621		 	$	1,657		
Capitalized operating lease obligations (8 times rental expense) (3)	6,653		 	6,781		
Adjusted debt	$	8,274		 	$	8,438		
 	 	 	 	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	1,246		 	$	695		
Interest expense, net	63		 	61		
Income tax expense	141		 	388		
Depreciation and amortization expense (4)	689		 	667		
Rental expense	832		 	848		
EBITDAR	$	2,971		 	$	2,659		
 	 	 	 	
Debt to net earnings ratio	1.3		 	2.4		
Adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio	2.8		 	3.2		
		
(1)	Debt is reflected as of the balance sheet dates for each of the respective fiscal periods, while rental expense and the other components of EBITDAR represent activity for the 12 months ended January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014.	
		
(2)	Excludes debt related to our Best Buy Europe operations. As described in Note 2, Discontinued Operations , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , we sold our interest in Best Buy Europe on June 26, 2013.	
		
(3)	The multiple of eight times annual rental expense in the calculation of our capitalized operating lease obligations is the multiple used for the retail sector by one of the nationally recognized credit rating agencies that rate our creditworthiness, and we consider it to be an appropriate multiple for our lease portfolio.	
		
(4)	Depreciation and amortization expense includes impairments of fixed assets, investments and intangible assets (including impairments associated with our fiscal restructuring activities) and includes $229 million of net LCD-related legal settlements that occurred in the second quarter of fiscal 2014. Amounts exclude the impact of net proceeds from LCD settlements of $44 million reached in the first quarter of fiscal 2014. We did not exclude LCD settlements prior to the material settlements reached in the second quarter of fiscal 2014.	

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Other than operating leases, we do not have any off-balance-sheet financing. A summary of our operating lease obligations by fiscal year is included in the "Contractual Obligations" table below. Additional information regarding our operating leases is available in Item 2, Properties , and Note 8, Leases , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following table presents information regarding our contractual obligations by fiscal year ($ in millions):

																					
 	 	 	 	Payments Due by Period	
Contractual Obligations	 	Total	 	Less Than
1 Year	 	1-3 Years	 	3-5 Years	 	More Than
5 Years	
Long-term debt obligations (1)	 	$	1,500		 	$	—		 	$	350		 	$	500		 	$	650		
Capital lease obligations	 	52		 	20		 	16		 	5		 	11		
Financing lease obligations	 	69		 	21		 	27		 	12		 	9		
Interest payments	 	349		 	81		 	135		 	90		 	43		
Operating lease obligations (2)	 	3,876		 	873		 	1,412		 	864		 	727		
Purchase obligations (3)	 	2,656		 	2,004		 	493		 	103		 	56		
Unrecognized tax benefits (4)	 	410		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
Deferred compensation (5)	 	44		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
Total	 	$	8,956		 	$	2,999		 	$	2,433		 	$	1,574		 	$	1,496		
Note: For additional information refer to Note 5, Debt ; Note 8, Leases ; Note 10, Income Taxes; and Note 12, Contingencies and Commitments , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
		
(1)	Represents principal amounts only and excludes interest rate swap valuation adjustments.	

46

Table of Contents

(2)	Operating lease obligations do not include payments to landlords covering real estate taxes and common area maintenance. These charges, if included, would increase total operating lease obligations by $1.2 billion at January 31, 2015 .	
		
(3)	Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable, are legally binding and specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations do not include agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Additionally, although they are not legally binding agreements, we included open purchase orders in the table above. Substantially all open purchase orders are fulfilled within 30 days.	
		
(4)	Unrecognized tax benefits relate to uncertain tax positions. As we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of the payments or the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time, the related balances have not been reflected in the "Payments Due by Period" section of the table.	
		
(5)	Included in Long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 31, 2015 , was a $44 million obligation for deferred compensation. As the specific payment dates for the deferred compensation are unknown, the related balances have not been reflected in the "Payments Due by Period" section of the table.	

Additionally, we have $1.25 billion in undrawn capacity on our credit facilities at January 31, 2015 , which if drawn upon, would be included as short-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board.

Except where noted, we have not made any material changes to the accounting methodologies for the areas described below.

Inventory

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or market through the establishment of markdown and inventory loss adjustments. Markdown adjustments reflect the excess of the cost over the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposal of inventory and establish a new cost basis. Subsequent changes in facts or circumstances do not result in the reversal of previously recorded markdowns or an increase in that newly established cost basis. Markdown adjustments involve uncertainty because the calculations require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, forecast consumer demand, the promotional environment and technological obsolescence.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our markdowns. However, if estimates regarding consumer demand are inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in our markdown adjustment at January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $8 million in fiscal 2015.

Inventory loss adjustments reflect anticipated physical inventory losses (e.g., due to theft) that have occurred since the last physical inventory. Inventory loss adjustments involve uncertainty because the calculations require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including historical results and current inventory loss trends. Our inventory loss estimate is verified by ongoing physical inventory counts. Historically, our annual physical inventory count results have shown our estimates to be reliable.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our inventory loss adjustment. However, if our estimates regarding physical inventory losses are inaccurate, we

47

Table of Contents

may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in our physical inventory loss estimate at January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $6 million in fiscal 2015.

Vendor Allowances

We receive allowances from certain vendors through a variety of programs and arrangements. We treat such allowances as an offset to the cost of the product or services provided. Receipt-based funds represent one form of our vendor allowances. Receipt-based funds are generally determined at an agreed percentage of purchases and are initially deferred and recorded as a reduction of merchandise inventories. The deferred amounts are then included as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related product is sold. We estimate the amount of vendor funding to be deferred and recorded as a reduction of inventory at the end of each period based on detailed analysis of inventory turns and applicable vendor funding rates.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our vendor funding deferral. However, if actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, we may be exposed to additional adjustments that could materially, either positively or negatively, impact our gross profit rate and inventory. A 10% difference in our vendor funding deferral at January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $20 million in fiscal 2015.

We also receive vendor allowances for attaining certain purchase levels. These vendor allowances are accrued as earned over the incentive period, based on estimates of purchases. Amounts accrued throughout the program year could require adjustment if actual purchase volumes differ from projected purchase volumes, especially in the case of programs that provide for increased funding when graduated purchase volumes are met. We believe that our estimate of vendor allowances earned based on expected volume of purchases over the incentive period is an accurate reflection of the ultimate allowances to be received from our vendors. Since most volume-based programs apply to a calendar year or our fiscal year, the amount of judgment required as of any fiscal year end is minimal.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the sum of the estimated future cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset, we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated fair value, which is typically based on estimated discounted future cash flows. We recognize an impairment loss if the amount of the asset's carrying value exceeds the asset's estimated fair value. If we recognize an impairment loss, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis is depreciated over the remaining useful life of that asset.

When reviewing long-lived assets for impairment, we group long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. For long-lived assets deployed at store locations, we review for impairment at the individual store level. These reviews involve comparing the carrying value of all land, buildings, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment located at each store to the net cash flow projections for each store. In addition, we conduct separate impairment reviews at other levels as appropriate. For example, a shared asset such as a distribution center would be evaluated by reference to the aggregate assets, liabilities and projected cash flows of all areas of the businesses utilizing those shared assets.

Our impairment loss calculations involve uncertainty because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate future cash flows and asset fair values, including estimating useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses.

48

Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment annually in the fiscal fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level, which is one level below the operating segment level. Our detailed impairment testing involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Fair value reflects the price a market participant would be willing to pay in a potential sale of the reporting unit and is based on discounted cash flows or relative market-based approaches. If the fair value exceeds carrying value, then it is concluded that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value.

The carrying value of goodwill at January 31, 2015, was $425 million, which related entirely to our U.S. reporting unit. In fiscal 2015, we determined that the excess of fair value over carrying value was substantial. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Tax Contingencies

Our income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by domestic and foreign tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any time, many tax years are subject to audit by various tax authorities. In evaluating the exposures associated with our various tax filing positions, we may record a liability for such exposures. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established a liability, is audited and fully resolved or clarified. We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits and income tax provisions in the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position or when more information becomes available.

Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions.

Our effective income tax rate is also affected by changes in tax law, the tax jurisdiction of new stores or business ventures, the level of earnings and the results of tax audits.

Although we believe that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

To the extent we prevail in matters for which a liability has been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our established liability, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement generally would require use of our cash and may result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement may reduce our effective income tax rate and would be recognized in the period of resolution.

Revenue Recognition

The following accounting estimates relating to revenue recognition contain uncertainty because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding the effects of future events.

Returns – We recognize revenue, net of estimated returns, at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise or receives services. We estimate the liability for sales returns with a corresponding reduction to revenue and cost of sales based on historical return data. We believe that our estimate for sales returns is a reasonable reflection of future returns. However, if our estimates are significantly below or above the actual return amounts, our reported revenue and cost of sales could be impacted.

49

Table of Contents

Gift Cards – We sell gift cards to customers in our retail stores, through our websites and through selected third parties. A liability is initially established for the value of the gift card. We recognize revenue from gift cards when: (i) the card is redeemed by the customer, or (ii) the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (“gift card breakage”). We determine our gift card breakage rate based on historical redemption patterns, which show that after 24 months, we can determine the portion of the liability for which redemption is remote. Our estimate of the amount and timing of redemptions of gift cards is based primarily on historical data.

Customer Loyalty Programs – We have customer loyalty programs which allow members to earn points for each purchase completed or when using our co-branded credit cards. Points earned enable members to receive a certificate that may be redeemed on future purchases. The value of points earned by our loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction in revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the value of points that are projected to be redeemed. Our estimate of the amount and timing of redemptions of certificates is based primarily on historical data.

Service Contracts – We also sell service contracts for technical support, maintenance and other programs. Revenue on service contracts is deferred at the time of purchase and recognized either (i) ratably over the term of the contract, or (ii) under a utilization model based on the consumption of services during the contract term compared with the total estimated services to be provided over the entire contract. Our estimate of the services consumed under service contracts is based on historical data.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions of our revenue recognition critical accounting estimates. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

The following table presents the effect on net earnings from a 10% change in each of the estimates described above, as of January 31, 2015 ($ in millions):

				
Returns	Gift Cards	Customer Loyalty	Service Contracts	
$7	$23	$13	$10	

Costs Associated with Vacant Leased Property

From time-to-time we vacate leased stores and other leased properties prior to the expiration of the related lease. For vacated locations with remaining lease commitments, we record a reserve for the difference between the present value of our future lease payments and related costs (e.g., real estate taxes and common area maintenance) less expected future sublease rental income, from the date we cease to use of the property through the end of the lease term.

Our estimate of future cash flows is based on historical experience; our analysis of the specific real estate market, including input from independent real estate firms; and economic conditions. Cash flows are discounted using a risk-free interest rate that coincides with the remaining lease term.

The liability recorded for vacant locations involves uncertainty because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the duration of future vacancy periods, the amount and timing of future settlement payments and the amount and timing of potential sublease rental income.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our vacant location liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in our vacant space reserve at January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $4 million in fiscal 2015.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have a stock-based compensation plan, which includes non-qualified stock options and nonvested share awards. We determine the fair value of our non-qualified stock option awards using option-pricing models. We determine the fair value of nonvested share awards with market conditions using Monte-Carlo simulation. We determine the fair value of nonvested share awards that vest based upon performance or time conditions at the closing market price of our stock, reduced by the present value of expected dividends during the vesting period where the recipient has no dividend rights. Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest. Management's key assumptions are developed with input from independent third-party valuation advisors.

50

Table of Contents

Valuation techniques used require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine the fair value of our awards. These assumptions and judgments include estimating the future volatility of our stock price, expected dividend yield, future employee turnover rates and future employee stock option exercise behaviors and correlations between our returns and peer company returns. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

Estimation of awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment of the amounts that will be forfeited due to failure to fulfill service conditions. To the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Changes in estimates can materially affect compensation expense within individual periods.

Estimates and assumptions are based upon information currently available, including historical experience and current business and economic conditions. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in stock-based compensation expense that could be material. A 10% change in our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $5 million in fiscal 2015.

Self-Insured Liabilities

We are self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers' compensation and general liability claims, as well as customer warranty programs, although we obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to certain of these claims. When estimating our self-insured liabilities, we consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and valuations provided by independent third-party actuaries. Our self-insured liabilities involve uncertainty because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred, but not reported at the balance sheet date.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our self-insured liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in our self-insured liabilities at January 31, 2015, would have affected net earnings by approximately $7 million in fiscal 2015.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Components of an Entity . The new guidance amends the definition of a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. The new guidance is effective prospectively beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. We do not expect adoption of the new guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , as a new Topic, Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606. The new guidance provides a comprehensive framework for the analysis of revenue transactions and will apply to all of our revenue streams. Based on the current effective dates, the new guidance would first apply in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. While we are still in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption on our financial statements, we do not currently expect a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

51

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to certain market risks.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We have market risk arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our International segment operations. On a limited basis, we utilize foreign exchange forward contracts to manage foreign currency exposure to certain forecast inventory purchases, recognized receivable and payable balances and our investment in our Canadian operations. Our primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of net earnings and cash flows, as well as of the net asset value associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign currency risk management strategy includes both hedging instruments and derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, which generally have terms of up to 12 months. The aggregate notional amount related to our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , was $409 million and $157 million , respectively. The fair value recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets related to our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , $30 million and $(3) million , respectively. The amount recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings related to all contracts settled and outstanding was a gain of $12 million in fiscal 2015 and a gain of $5 million in fiscal 2014 .

The strength of the U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar and Mexican peso since the end of fiscal 2014 had a negative overall impact on our revenue as these currencies translated into fewer U.S. dollars. We estimate that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations had a net unfavorable impact on our revenue in fiscal 2015 of approximately $308 million  and a net unfavorable impact on earnings of $4 million . In fiscal 2014, the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations had an unfavorable impact on our revenue of approximately $203 million  and an unfavorable impact on earnings of $6 million .

52

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Management's Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and objectivity of the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related financial information. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and necessarily include certain amounts that are based on estimates and informed judgments. Our management also prepared the related financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which conducted its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The independent registered public accounting firm's responsibility is to express an opinion as to the fairness with which such financial statements present our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed under the supervision of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and effected by our Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(1)	Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets;	

(2)	Provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board; and	

(3)	Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.	

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 , using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2015 . During our assessment, we did not identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 31, 2015 , included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an unqualified attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 .

	

Hubert Joly
President and Chief Executive Officer
(duly authorized and principal executive officer)	 	Sharon L. McCollam
Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer
(duly authorized and principal financial officer)	

53

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Best Buy Co., Inc.:
Richfield, Minnesota

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the 12 months ended January 31, 2015, the 12 months ended February 1, 2014 and the 11 months ended February 2, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the 12 months ended January 31, 2015, the 12 months ended February 1, 2014, and the 11 months ended February 2, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective for fiscal year 2013, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January. As a result of this change, fiscal year 2013 was an 11-month transition period beginning March 4, 2012 through February 2, 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 31, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 31, 2015

54

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Best Buy Co., Inc.:
Richfield, Minnesota

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control -Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, of the Company and our report dated March 31, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph concerning the Company’s change in fiscal year end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective for fiscal year 2013.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 31, 2015

55

Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets
$ in millions, except per share and share amounts

									
 	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Assets	 	 	 	 	
Current Assets	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	2,432		 	$	2,678		
Short-term investments	 	1,456		 	223		
Receivables, net	 	1,280		 	1,308		
Merchandise inventories	 	5,174		 	5,376		
Other current assets	 	703		 	900		
Current assets held for sale	 	684		 	—		
Total current assets	 	11,729		 	10,485		
Property and Equipment	 	 	 	 	
Land and buildings	 	611		 	758		
Leasehold improvements	 	2,201		 	2,182		
Fixtures and equipment	 	4,729		 	4,515		
Property under capital lease	 	119		 	120		
 	 	7,660		 	7,575		
Less accumulated depreciation	 	5,365		 	4,977		
Net property and equipment	 	2,295		 	2,598		
Goodwill	 	425		 	425		
Intangibles, Net	 	57		 	101		
Other Assets	 	583		 	404		
Non-current assets held for sale	 	167		 	—		
Total Assets	 	$	15,256		 	$	14,013		
 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	
Current Liabilities	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	5,030		 	$	5,122		
Unredeemed gift card liabilities	 	411		 	406		
Deferred revenue	 	326		 	399		
Accrued compensation and related expenses	 	372		 	444		
Accrued liabilities	 	782		 	873		
Accrued income taxes	 	230		 	147		
Current portion of long-term debt	 	41		 	45		
Current liabilities held for sale	 	585		 	—		
Total current liabilities	 	7,777		 	7,436		
Long-Term Liabilities	 	881		 	976		
Long-Term Debt	 	1,580		 	1,612		
Contingencies and Commitments (Note 12)	 		 		
Long-Term Liabilities held for sale	 	18		 	—		
Equity	 	 	 	 	
Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholders' Equity	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value: Authorized — 400,000 shares; Issued and outstanding — none	 	—		 	—		
Common stock, $0.10 par value: Authorized — 1.0 billion shares; Issued and outstanding — 351,468,000 and 346,751,000 shares, respectively	 	35		 	35		
Additional paid-in capital	 	437		 	300		
Retained earnings	 	4,141		 	3,159		
Accumulated other comprehensive income	 	382		 	492		
Total Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders' equity	 	4,995		 	3,986		
Noncontrolling interests	 	5		 	3		
Total equity	 	5,000		 	3,989		
Total Liabilities and Equity	 	$	15,256		 	$	14,013		

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
$ in millions, except per share amounts

													
 	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	
Fiscal Years Ended	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	
Revenue	 	$	40,339		 	$	40,611		 	$	38,252		
Cost of goods sold	 	31,292		 	31,212		 	29,228		
Restructuring charges — cost of goods sold	 	—		 	—		 	1		
Gross profit	 	9,047		 	9,399		 	9,023		
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	7,592		 	8,106		 	7,905		
Restructuring charges	 	5		 	149		 	414		
Goodwill impairments	 	—		 	—		 	614		
Operating income	 	1,450		 	1,144		 	90		
Other income (expense)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gain on sale of investments	 	13		 	20		 	—		
Investment income and other	 	14		 	19		 	13		
Interest expense	 	(90	)	 	(100	)	 	(99	)	
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense	 	1,387		 	1,083		 	4		
Income tax expense	 	141		 	388		 	263		
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	1,246		 	695		 	(259	)	
Loss from discontinued operations (Note 2), net of tax benefit of $0, $31 and $30	 	(11	)	 	(172	)	 	(161	)	
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests	 	1,235		 	523		 	(420	)	
Net (earnings) loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	(2	)	 	9		 	(21	)	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	$	1,233		 	$	532		 	$	(441	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.57		 	$	2.03		 	$	(0.76	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.47	)	 	(0.54	)	
Basic earnings (loss) per share	 	$	3.53		 	$	1.56		 	$	(1.30	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.53		 	$	2.00		 	$	(0.76	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.47	)	 	(0.54	)	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	 	$	3.49		 	$	1.53		 	$	(1.30	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	349.5		 	342.1		 	338.6		
Diluted	 	353.6		 	347.6		 	338.6		

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
$ in millions

													
 	 	12 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	
Fiscal Years Ended	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests	 	$	1,235		 	$	523		 	$	(420	)	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	 	(103	)	 	(147	)	 	15		
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments	 	(3	)	 	6		 	2		
Reclassification of foreign currency translations adjustments into earnings due to sale of business	 	—		 	654		 	—		
Reclassification of (gains) losses on available-for-sale investments into earnings	 	(4	)	 	2		 	—		
Comprehensive income (loss) including noncontrolling interests	 	1,125		 	1,038		 	(403	)	
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	(2	)	 	(126	)	 	(27	)	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	$	1,123		 	$	912		 	$	(430	)	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
$ in millions

													
 	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	
Fiscal Years Ended	 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	 	February 2, 2013	
Operating Activities	 	 	 	 		 	 	
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests	 	$	1,235		 	$	523		 	$	(420	)	
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to total cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation	 	656		 	701		 	794		
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets	 	—		 	15		 	38		
Restructuring charges	 	23		 	259		 	449		
Goodwill impairments	 	—		 	—		 	822		
(Gain) Loss on sale of business	 	(1	)	 	143		 	—		
Stock-based compensation	 	87		 	90		 	107		
Deferred income taxes	 	(297	)	 	(28	)	 	(19	)	
Other, net	 	8		 	62		 	41		
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Receivables	 	(19	)	 	7		 	(551	)	
Merchandise inventories	 	(141	)	 	597		 	(912	)	
Other assets	 	29		 	(70	)	 	(65	)	
Accounts payable	 	434		 	(986	)	 	1,735		
Other liabilities	 	(164	)	 	(273	)	 	(339	)	
Income taxes	 	85		 	54		 	(226	)	
Total cash provided by operating activities	 	1,935		 	1,094		 	1,454		
Investing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions to property and equipment, net of $14, $13 and $29 non-cash capital expenditures	 	(561	)	 	(547	)	 	(705	)	
Purchases of investments	 	(2,804	)	 	(230	)	 	(13	)	
Sales of investments	 	1,580		 	50		 	69		
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	 	—		 	—		 	(31	)	
Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash transferred	 	39		 	206		 	25		
Change in restricted assets	 	29		 	5		 	101		
Other, net	 	5		 	(1	)	 	16		
Total cash used in investing activities	 	(1,712	)	 	(517	)	 	(538	)	
Financing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	—		 	—		 	(122	)	
Issuance of common stock	 	50		 	171		 	25		
Dividends paid	 	(251	)	 	(233	)	 	(224	)	
Repayments of debt	 	(24	)	 	(2,033	)	 	(1,614	)	
Proceeds from issuance of debt	 	—		 	2,414		 	1,741		
Other, net	 	2		 	—		 	(17	)	
Total cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	(223	)	 	319		 	(211	)	
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash	 	(52	)	 	(44	)	 	(4	)	
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents	 	(52	)	 	852		 	701		
Adjustment for Fiscal Year-end Change (Note 1)	 	—		 	—		 	(74	)	
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents After Adjustment	 	(52	)	 	852		 	627		
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year	 	2,678		 	1,826		 	1,199		
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	 	$	2,626		 	$	2,678		 	$	1,826		
Less Cash and Cash Equivalents Held for Sale	 	(194	)	 	—		 	—		
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period, Excluding Held for Sale	 	$	2,432		 	$	2,678		 	$	1,826		
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income taxes paid	 	$	355		 	$	332		 	$	478		
Interest paid	 	81		 	82		 	106		
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
$ and shares in millions

																															
 	Common
Shares		 	Common
Stock		 	Additional
Paid-In
Capital		 	Retained
Earnings		 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)		 	Total Best 
Buy Co., Inc.
Shareholders'
Equity		 	Non
controlling
Interests		 	Total
Equity		
Balances at March 3, 2012	341		 	34		 	—		 	3,621		 	90		 	3,745		 	621		 	4,366		
Adjustment for fiscal year-end change (Note 2)	—		 	—		 	—		 	(14	)	 	11		 	(3	)	 	9		 	6		
Net earnings (loss)	—		 	—		 	—		 	(441	)	 	—		 	(441	)	 	21		 	(420	)	
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 			
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	9		 	9		 	6		 	15		
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	2		 	2		 	—		 	2		
Dividend distribution	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(3	)	 	(3	)	
Stock options exercised	2		 	—		 	1		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	—		 	1		
Tax loss from stock options canceled or exercised, restricted stock vesting and employee stock purchase plan	—		 	—		 	(44	)	 	—		 	—		 	(44	)	 	—		 	(44	)	
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan	1		 	—		 	24		 	—		 	—		 	24		 	—		 	24		
Stock-based compensation	—		 	—		 	112		 	—		 	—		 	112		 	—		 	112		
Common stock dividends, $0.66 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	(222	)	 	—		 	(222	)	 	—		 	(222	)	
Repurchase of common stock	(6	)	 	—		 	(39	)	 	(83	)	 	—		 	(122	)	 	—		 	(122	)	
Balances at February 2, 2013	338		 	34		 	54		 	2,861		 	112		 	3,061		 	654		 	3,715		
Net earnings (loss)	—		 	—		 	—		 	532		 	—		 	532		 	(9	)	 	523		
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(136	)	 	(136	)	 	(11	)	 	(147	)	
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	7		 	7		 	(1	)	 	6		
Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	508		 	508		 	146		 	654		
Reclassification of losses on available-for-sale investments into earnings	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	1		 	1		 	2		
Sale of noncontrolling interest	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(776	)	 	(776	)	
Dividend distribution	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	(1	)	
Tax loss from stock options canceled or exercised, restricted stock vesting and employee stock purchase plan	—		 	—		 	(22	)	 	—		 	—		 	(22	)	 	—		 	(22	)	
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan	1		 	—		 	13		 	—		 	—		 	13		 	—		 	13		
Stock-based compensation	—		 	—		 	97		 	—		 	—		 	97		 	—		 	97		
Restricted stock vested and stock options exercised	8		 	1		 	158		 	—		 	—		 	159		 	—		 	159		
Common stock dividends, $0.68 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	(234	)	 	—		 	(234	)	 	—		 	(234	)	
Balances at February 1, 2014	347		 	$	35		 	$	300		 	$	3,159		 	$	492		 	$	3,986		 	$	3		 	$	3,989		
Net earnings	—		 	—		 	—		 	1,233		 	—		 	1,233		 	2		 	1,235		
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(103	)	 	(103	)	 	—		 	(103	)	
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(3	)	 	(3	)	 	—		 	(3	)	
Reclassification of gains on available-for-sale investments into earnings	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(4	)	 	(4	)	 	—		 	(4	)	
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan	—		 	—		 	8		 	—		 	—		 	8		 	—		 	8		
Stock-based compensation	—		 	—		 	87		 	—		 	—		 	87		 	—		 	87		
Restricted stock vested and stock options exercised	5		 	—		 	42		 	—		 	—		 	42		 	—		 	42		
Common stock dividends, $0.72 per share	—		 	—		 	—		 	(251	)	 	—		 	(251	)	 	—		 	(251	)	
Balances at January 31, 2015	352		 	$	35		 	$	437		 	$	4,141		 	$	382		 	$	4,995		 	$	5		 	$	5,000		
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms "Best Buy," "we," "us" and "our" in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements refers to Best Buy Co., Inc. and, as applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.

Discontinued Operations

On June 26, 2013, we sold our 50% ownership interest in Best Buy Europe Distributions Limited (“Best Buy Europe”). On February 1, 2014, we sold mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc. ("mindSHIFT"). On December 3, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell Jiangsu Five Star Appliance Co., Limited ("Five Star"). As a result of this agreement, Five Star was classified as held for sale as of January 31, 2015. The results of Best Buy Europe, mindSHIFT and Five Star are presented as discontinued operations for all periods. See Note 2, Discontinued Operations , for further information.

Description of Business

We are a leading provider of technology products, services and solutions. We offer expert service at unbeatable price more than 1.5 billion times a year to the consumers, small business owners and educators who visit our stores, engage with Geek Squad agents or use our websites or mobile applications. We have retail and online operations in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. We have two operating segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of store, online and call center operations in all states, districts and territories of the U.S., operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales. The International segment is comprised of: (i) all Canada store, online and call center operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Future Shop and Geek Squad and (ii) all Mexico store operations operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Express and Geek Squad.

In addition to our retail store operations, we also operate websites including bestbuy.com, bestbuy.ca, futureshop.ca and bestbuy.com.mx.

Fiscal Year

On November 2, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective beginning with our fiscal year 2013. As a result of this change, our fiscal year 2013 was an 11 -month transition period beginning March 4, 2012, through February 2, 2013. Concurrent with the change, we began consolidating the results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a one -month lag, compared to a two -month lag in prior years, to continue aligning the fiscal reporting periods of our international operations with statutory filing requirements. In these consolidated statements, including the notes thereto, financial results for fiscal 2013 are for an 11 -month period. Corresponding results for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 are both for 12 -month periods.

As a result of the 11-month transition period for fiscal 2013, the month of January 2012 was not captured in our consolidated fiscal 2013 (11-month) results for those entities reported on a one-month lag. As a result, the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows includes a net reconciling adjustment for the cash flows as a result of the exclusion of January 2012 in fiscal 2013 (11-month). The total adjustment was $74 million , primarily due to $50 million of cash used in financing activities and $18 million of cash used in investing activities.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Best Buy Co., Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements, we consolidate the financial results of our Mexico operations, as well as our discontinued Europe and China operations, on a one -month lag. Our policy is to accelerate recording the effect of events occurring in the lag period that significantly affect our consolidated financial statements. No significant intervening event occurred in these operations that would have materially affected our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or other factors had it been recorded during fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013 (11-month).

In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we evaluated the period from February 1, 2015, through the date the financial statements were issued for material subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure. Other than as

61

Table of Contents

described in Note 12, Contingencies and Commitments , and Note 13, Subsequent Event , no such events were identified for this period.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, as well as the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Future results could be materially affected if actual results were to differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash primarily consists of cash on hand and bank deposits. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds, treasury bills, commercial paper, corporate bonds and deposits with an original maturity of 3 months or less when purchased. The amounts of cash equivalents at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , were $1,660 million and $1,705 million , respectively, and the weighted-average interest rates were 0.4% and 0.5% , respectively.

Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit (book overdrafts) totaled $0 million and $62 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively, and are reflected within accounts payable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Receivables

Receivables consist principally of amounts due from mobile phone network operators for commissions earned; banks for customer credit card, debit card and electronic benefits transfer (EBT) transactions; and vendors for various vendor funding programs.

We establish allowances for uncollectible receivables based on historical collection trends and write-off history. Our allowances for uncollectible receivables were $59 million and $104 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are recorded at the lower of cost, using the average cost, or market. In-bound freight-related costs from our vendors are included as part of the net cost of merchandise inventories. Also included in the cost of inventory are certain vendor allowances that are not a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products. Other costs associated with acquiring, storing and transporting merchandise inventories to our retail stores are expensed as incurred and included in cost of goods sold.

Our inventory valuation reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses (e.g., theft) that have occurred since the last physical inventory. Physical inventory counts are taken on a regular basis to ensure that the inventory reported in our consolidated financial statements is properly stated.

Our inventory valuation also reflects markdowns for the excess of the cost over the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposal of the inventory. Markdowns establish a new cost basis for our inventory. Subsequent changes in facts or circumstances do not result in the reversal of previously recorded markdowns or an increase in the newly established cost basis.

Restricted Assets

Restricted cash totaled $292 million at January 31, 2015, of which $184 million is related to continuing operations and included in other current assets and $108 million is included in current assets held for sale in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Restricted cash totaled $310 million at February 1, 2014 and is included in other current assets or other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Such balances are pledged as collateral or restricted to use for vendor payables, general liability insurance and workers' compensation insurance.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the period from

62

Table of Contents

the date the assets are placed in service to the end of the lease term, which includes optional renewal periods if they are reasonably assured. Accelerated depreciation methods are generally used for income tax purposes.

When property is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Repairs and maintenance costs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Major renewals or replacements that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated.

Costs associated with the acquisition or development of software for internal use are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the software, from three to seven years. A subsequent addition, modification or upgrade to internal-use software is capitalized to the extent that it enhances the software's functionality or extends its useful life. Capitalized software is included in fixtures and equipment. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Property under capital lease is comprised of buildings and equipment used in our operations. The related depreciation for capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. The carrying value of property under capital lease was $44 million and $58 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $75 million and $62 million , respectively.

Estimated useful lives by major asset category are as follows:

			
Asset	 	Life
(in years)	
Buildings	 	35	
Leasehold improvements	 	3-25	
Fixtures and equipment	 	3-20	
Property under capital lease	 	2-20	

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Costs Associated With Exit Activities

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could result in an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to historical or planned operating results, significant changes in the manner of use or expected life of the assets, or significant changes in our business strategies. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from the disposition of the asset (if any) are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value based on quoted market prices or other valuation techniques (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis).

When reviewing long-lived assets for impairment, we group long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. For example, long-lived assets deployed at store locations are reviewed for impairment at the individual store level, which involves comparing the carrying value of all land, buildings, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment located at each store to the net cash flow projections for each store. In addition, we conduct separate impairment reviews at other levels as appropriate, for example, to evaluate potential impairment of assets shared by several areas of operations, such as information technology systems.

The present value of costs associated with vacated properties, primarily future lease costs (net of expected sublease income), are charged to earnings when we cease using the property. We accelerate depreciation on property and equipment we expect to retire when a decision is made to abandon a property.

At January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , the obligation associated with vacant properties included in accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $26 million and $33 million , respectively, and the obligation associated with vacant properties included in long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $43 million and $86 million , respectively. The obligation associated with vacant properties at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , included amounts associated with our restructuring activities as further described in Note 4, Restructuring Charges .

63

Table of Contents

Leases

We conduct the majority of our retail and distribution operations from leased locations. The leases require payment of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance, in addition to rent. The terms of our new lease agreements for large-format stores are generally less than 10 years, although we have existing leases with terms up to 20 years. Small-format stores generally have lease terms that are half the length of large-format stores. Most of the leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses, and certain store leases require contingent rents based on factors such as specified percentages of revenue or the consumer price index.

For leases that contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis from the date we take possession of the property to the end of the initial lease term. We record any difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts payable under the leases as part of deferred rent, in accrued liabilities or long-term liabilities, as appropriate.

Cash or lease incentives received upon entering into certain store leases ("tenant allowances") are recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent from the date we take possession of the property through the end of the initial lease term. We record the unamortized portion of tenant allowances as a part of deferred rent, in accrued liabilities or long-term liabilities, as appropriate.

At January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , deferred rent included in accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $31 million and $36 million , respectively, and deferred rent included in long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $195 million and $232 million , respectively.

We also lease certain equipment under noncancelable operating and capital leases. In addition, we have financing leases for which the gross cost of constructing the asset is included in property and equipment, and amounts reimbursed from the landlord are recorded as financing obligations. Assets acquired under capital and financing leases are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term, including renewal periods, if reasonably assured.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill for impairment annually, as of the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level and our reporting units are the components of operating segments which constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by segment management. No components were aggregated in arriving at our reporting units. Our only reporting unit with a goodwill balance at the beginning of fiscal 2015 was Best Buy Domestic.

Our detailed impairment testing involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Fair value reflects the price a market participant would be willing to pay in a potential sale of the reporting unit and is based on discounted cash flows or relative market-based approaches. If the fair value exceeds carrying value, then it is concluded that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value. In fiscal 2015, we determined that the fair value of the Best Buy Domestic reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, and as a result, no goodwill impairment was recorded in fiscal 2015.

In fiscal 2013 (11-month), initial goodwill impairment assessments as of November 4, 2012, based on forecasts in place at that time, indicated that fair value exceeded carrying value for each reporting unit. However, operating performance in our Best Buy Canada and Five Star reporting units fell significantly below expectations in the later part of the fiscal fourth quarter. Therefore, we updated our forecasts for Best Buy Canada and Five Star and tested for goodwill impairment as of the end of fiscal 2013 (11-month). The updated forecasts, which were used as the basis for our discounted cash flow ("DCF") valuations for goodwill testing purposes, reflected significantly lower cash flows than previously forecast. Our analysis for step one of detailed impairment testing indicated that carrying values exceeded fair values for both Best Buy Canada and Five Star. Step two

64

Table of Contents

entailed allocating the fair values determined from step one to the fair value of all recognized and appropriately unrecognized assets and liabilities to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. In both cases, this analysis led to the conclusion that the goodwill had no value, and therefore we recorded full impairment of the goodwill associated with Best Buy Canada ( $611 million ) and Five Star ( $208 million ). The Canada goodwill impairment is included in continuing operations in our International segment, and the Five Star goodwill impairment is included in discontinued operations.

Tradenames and Customer Relationships

We include our tradenames and customer relationships within intangibles, net in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We have an indefinite-lived tradename related to Pacific Sales included within our Domestic segment. We also have an indefinite-lived tradename related to Future Shop included within our International segment.

Our valuation of identifiable intangible assets acquired is based on information and assumptions available to us at the time of acquisition, using income and market approaches to determine fair value. We do not amortize our indefinite-lived tradenames, but test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We utilize the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of each of our indefinite-lived tradenames. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess. No material impairments were identified during fiscal 2015.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived tradenames by segment were as follows in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

																								
 	Goodwill	 	Indefinite-Lived Tradenames	
 	Domestic	 	International	 	Total	 	Domestic	 	International	 	Total	
Balances at March 3, 2012	$	516		 	$	819		 	$	1,335		 	$	19		 	$	111		 	$	130		
Acquisitions (1)	15		 	—		 	15		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Impairments	(3	)	 	(819	)	 	(822	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	1		
Balances at February 2, 2013	528		 	—		 	528		 	19		 	112		 	131		
Sale of business (2)	(103	)	 	—		 	(103	)	 	—		 	(22	)	 	(22	)	
Impairments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Balances at February 1, 2014	425		 	—		 	425		 	19		 	82		 	101		
Impairments	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1	)	 	—		 	(1	)	
Sale of business (3)	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(37	)	 	(37	)	
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(6	)	 	(6	)	
Balances at January 31, 2015	$	425		 	$	—		 	$	425		 	$	18		 	$	39		 	$	57		
		
(1)	Represents goodwill acquired, primarily as a result of an acquisition made by mindSHIFT in fiscal 2013 (11-month).	

(2)	Represents goodwill written-off as a result of the sale of mindSHIFT in fiscal 2014 and indefinite-lived tradenames written off as a result of the sale of Best Buy Europe in fiscal 2014.	

(3)	Represents the Five Star indefinite-lived tradenames classified as held for sale at January 31, 2015.	
 
The following table provides the gross carrying amount of goodwill and cumulative goodwill impairment losses ($ in millions):

																
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
 	Gross Carrying
Amount (1)	 	Cumulative
Impairment (1)	 	Gross Carrying
Amount	 	Cumulative
Impairment	
Goodwill	$	1,100		 	$	(675	)	 	$	1,308		 	$	(883	)	
		
(1)	Excludes the gross carrying amount and cumulative impairment related to Five Star, which was held for sale at the end of fiscal 2015. The sale of Five Star was completed on February 13, 2015.	

65

Table of Contents

Insurance
 
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers' compensation and general liability claims; however, we obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to these claims. A portion of these self-insured losses are managed through a wholly-owned insurance captive. We estimate our self-insured liabilities using a number of factors, including historical claims experience, an estimate of incurred but not reported claims, demographic and severity factors, and valuations provided by independent third-party actuaries. Our self-insured liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows ($ in millions):

								
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Accrued liabilities	$	78		 	$	88		
Long-term liabilities	53		 	52		
Total	$	131		 	$	140		

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

In determining our provision for income taxes, we use an annual effective income tax rate based on annual income, permanent differences between book and tax income, and statutory income tax rates. The effective income tax rate also reflects our assessment of the ultimate outcome of tax audits. We adjust our annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. Discrete events, such as audit settlements or changes in tax laws, are recognized in the period in which they occur.

Our income tax returns are periodically audited by U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax authorities. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. In evaluating the tax benefits associated with our various tax filing positions, we record a tax benefit for uncertain tax positions using the highest cumulative tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established a liability, is audited and effectively settled. We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the period in which we determine the issue is effectively settled with the tax authorities, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position or when more information becomes available. We include our liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued penalties and interest, in accrued income taxes and long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and in income tax expense in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Accrued Liabilities

The major components of accrued liabilities at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , were state and local tax liabilities, rent-related liabilities including accrued real estate taxes, loyalty program liabilities and self-insurance reserves.

Long-Term Liabilities

The major components of long-term liabilities at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , were unrecognized tax benefits, rent-related liabilities, deferred compensation plan liabilities, self-insurance reserves and deferred revenue.

Foreign Currency

Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at our consolidated balance sheet date. For operations reported on a one -month lag, we use the exchange rates in effect one month prior to our consolidated balance sheet date. Results of operations and cash flows are translated using the average exchange rates throughout the period. The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on the translation of assets and liabilities is included as a component of shareholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, which are included in SG&A, have not been significant in any of the periods presented.

66

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue arises primarily from sales of merchandise and services. We also record revenue from sales of service contracts, extended warranties, other commissions and credit card programs. Revenue excludes sales taxes collected.

We recognize revenue when the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection is reasonably assured and the customer takes possession of the merchandise, or in the case of services, the service has been provided. Revenue is recognized for store sales when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise. For online sales, we defer revenue and the related product costs for shipments that are in-transit to the customer and recognize revenue at the time the customer receives the product. Online customers typically receive goods within a few days of shipment. Revenue from merchandise sales and services is reported net of sales returns, including an estimate of future returns based on historical return rates, with a corresponding reduction to cost of sales. Our sales returns reserve was $25 million and $13 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively.

We sell service contracts and extended warranties that typically have terms ranging from 3 months to 4 years. We also receive commissions for customer subscriptions with various third parties, including mobile phone network operators. In instances where we are deemed to be the obligor on the service contract or subscription, the service and commission revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the service contract or subscription period. In instances where we are not deemed to be the obligor on the service contract or subscription, commissions are recognized in revenue when such commissions have been earned, primarily driven by commencement of service to the customer. Service and commission revenues earned from the sale of extended warranties represented 2.1% , 2.2% and 2.5% of revenue in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), respectively.

For revenue transactions that involve multiple deliverables, we defer the revenue associated with any undelivered elements. The amount of revenue deferred in connection with the undelivered elements is determined using the relative fair value of each element, which is generally based on each element's relative retail price.

At January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , short-term deferred revenue was $376 million , of which $50 million is included in current liabilities held for sale, and $399 million , respectively. At January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , deferred revenue included within long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $49 million and $50 million , respectively.

For additional information related to our credit card arrangements and customer loyalty programs, see Credit Services and Financing and Sales Incentives, respectively, below.

Gift Cards

We sell gift cards to our customers in our retail stores, through our websites and through selected third parties. We do not charge administrative fees on unused gift cards and our gift cards do not have an expiration date. We recognize revenue from gift cards when: (i) the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or (ii) the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote ("gift card breakage"), and we determine that we do not have a legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. We determine our gift card breakage rate based upon historical redemption patterns. Based on our historical information, the likelihood of a gift card remaining unredeemed can be determined 24  months after the gift card is issued. At that time, we recognize breakage income for those cards for which the likelihood of redemption is deemed remote and we do not have a legal obligation to remit the value of such unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. Gift card breakage income is included in revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Gift card breakage income was as follows in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

													
 	 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Gift card breakage income	 	$	19		 	$	53		 	$	46		

Credit Services and Financing

I n the U.S., we have an agreement with a bank for the issuance of promotional financing and customer loyalty credit cards bearing the Best Buy brand. Under the agreement, the bank manages and directly extends credit to our customers. Cardholders who choose promotional financing can receive deferred-interest financing on qualifying purchases. The bank is the sole owner of the accounts receivable generated under the program and accordingly, we do not hold any consumer receivables related to these programs. We earn revenue from the bank based primarily on the performance of the portfolio.

67

Table of Contents

We also have agreements for promotional financing and credit cards with banks for our businesses in Canada and Mexico, and we account for these programs in a manner consistent with the U.S. agreement.
 
In addition, we also accept Visa ® , MasterCard ® , Discover ® , JCB ® and American Express ® credit cards, as well as debit cards from all major international networks.

Sales Incentives

We frequently offer sales incentives that entitle our customers to receive a reduction in the price of a product or service. Sales incentives include discounts, coupons and other offers that entitle a customer to receive a reduction in the price of a product or service either at the point of sale or by submitting a claim for a refund or rebate. For sales incentives issued to a customer in conjunction with a sale of merchandise or services for which we are the obligor, the reduction in revenue is recognized at the time of sale, based on the expected retail value of the incentive expected to be redeemed.

Customer Loyalty Programs
 
We have customer loyalty programs which allow members to earn points for each qualifying purchase. Points earned enable members to receive a certificate that may be redeemed on future purchases at our Best Buy branded stores. There are two primary ways that members may participate and earn loyalty points.
 
First, we have customer loyalty programs where members earn points for each purchase. Depending on the customer's membership level within our loyalty program, certificates expire either 2 or 12 months from the date of issuance. The retail value of points earned by our loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the percentage of points that are projected to be redeemed.
 
Second, under our credit card agreement, we have a customer loyalty credit card bearing the Best Buy brand. Cardholders earn points for purchases made at our stores and related websites in the U.S., as well as purchases at other merchants. Points earned entitle cardholders to receive certificates that may be redeemed on future purchases at our stores and related websites. Certificates expire either 2 or 12 months from the date of issuance. The retail value of points earned by our cardholders is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the percentage of points that are projected to be redeemed.
 
We recognize revenue when: (i) a certificate is redeemed by the customer; (ii) a certificate expires, or (iii) the likelihood of a certificate being redeemed by a customer is remote ("certificate breakage"). We determine our certificate breakage rate based upon historical redemption patterns.
 
Cost of Goods Sold and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
The following table illustrates the primary costs classified in each major expense category:

					
Cost of Goods Sold	
•	 	Total cost of products sold including:	
 	 	—	 	Freight expenses associated with moving merchandise inventories from our vendors to our distribution centers;	
 	 	—	 	Vendor allowances that are not a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products; and	
 	 	—	 	Cash discounts on payments to merchandise vendors;	
•	 	Cost of services provided including:	
 	 	—	 	Payroll and benefits costs for services employees; and	
 	 	—	 	Cost of replacement parts and related freight expenses;	
•	 	Physical inventory losses;	
•	 	Markdowns;	
•	 	Customer shipping and handling expenses;	
•	 	Costs associated with operating our distribution network, including payroll and benefit costs, occupancy costs, and depreciation; and	
•	 	Freight expenses associated with moving merchandise inventories from our distribution centers to our retail stores.	

68

Table of Contents

	
					
SG&A	
•	 	Payroll and benefit costs for retail and corporate employees;	
•	 	Occupancy and maintenance costs of retail, services and corporate facilities;	
•	 	Depreciation and amortization related to retail, services and corporate assets;	
•	 	Advertising costs;	
•	 	Vendor allowances that are a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products;	
•	 	Tender costs, including bank charges and costs associated with credit and debit card interchange fees;	
•	 	Charitable contributions;	
•	 	Outside and outsourced service fees;	
•	 	Long-lived asset impairment charges; and	
•	 	Other administrative costs, such as supplies, and travel and lodging.	

Vendor Allowances
 
We receive allowances from certain vendors through a variety of programs and arrangements intended to offset our costs of promoting and selling merchandise inventories. Vendor allowances are primarily in the form of receipt-based funds or sell-through credits. Receipt-based funds are generally determined at an agreed percentage of purchases and are initially deferred and recorded as a reduction of merchandise inventories. The deferred amounts are then included as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related product is sold. Sell-through credits are generally determined at an agreed percentage of sales and are recognized when the related product is sold. Vendor allowances provided as a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs, such as specialized store labor or training costs, are included in SG&A as an expense reduction when the cost is incurred.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs, which are included in SG&A, are expensed the first time the advertisement runs. Advertising costs consist primarily of digital, print and television advertisements, as well as promotional events. Advertising expenses were $711 million , $757 million and $703 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), respectively.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We apply the fair value recognition provisions of accounting guidance as they relate to our stock-based compensation, which require us to recognize expense for the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards. We recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award (or to an employee's eligible retirement date, if earlier).
 
2.  Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations comprise the following:

Domestic Segment

mindSHIFT – During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we completed the sale of mindSHIFT to Ricoh Americas Corporation, at which time we recorded an $18 million pre-tax loss.

International Segment

Five Star – During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Five Star business to Yingtan City Xiangyuan Investment Limited Partnership and Zhejiang Jiayuan Real Estate Group Co. The assets and liabilities of our Five Star business are classified as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the results of Five Star are presented as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

69

Table of Contents

The composition of assets and liabilities held for sale as of January 31, 2015, was as follows ($ in millions):

				
 	January 31, 2015	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	194		
Merchandise inventories	264		
Other current assets	226		
Net property and equipment	130		
Other assets	37		
Total assets	$	851		
 	 	
Accounts payable	$	452		
Other current liabilities	133		
Long-term liabilities	18		
Total liabilities	$	603		

Best Buy Europe – During the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we completed the sale of our 50% ownership interest in Best Buy Europe to CPW in return for the following consideration upon closing: net cash of £341 million ( $526 million ); £80 million ( $123 million ) of ordinary shares of CPW; £25 million ( $39 million ), plus 2.5% interest, to be paid by CPW on June 26, 2014; and £25 million ( $39 million ), plus 2.5% interest, to be paid by CPW on June 26, 2015. We subsequently sold the ordinary shares of CPW for $123 million on July 3, 2013, and we received the first such deferred cash payment on June 26, 2014.

In conjunction with our agreement to sell our 50% ownership interest in Best Buy Europe, we entered into a deal-contingent foreign currency forward contract to hedge £455 million of the total £471 million of net proceeds. The contract was settled in cash following the completion of the sale on June 26, 2013, and we recognized a $2 million loss in gain (loss) from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings in fiscal 2014.

The aggregate financial results of all discontinued operations for fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) were as follows ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue	$	1,564		 	$	4,615		 	$	6,834		
Restructuring charges (1)	18		 	110		 	34		
Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit (2)	(12	)	 	(235	)	 	(187	)	
Income tax benefit (3)	—		 	31		 	30		
Gain on sale of discontinued operations (4)	1		 	32		 	—		
Equity in loss of affiliates	—		 	—		 	(4	)	
Net loss from discontinued operations including noncontrolling interests	(11	)	 	(172	)	 	(161	)	
Net (earnings) loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	(2	)	 	9		 	(21	)	
Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	$	(13	)	 	$	(163	)	 	$	(182	)	
		
(1)	See Note 4, Restructuring Charges , for further discussion of the restructuring charges associated with discontinued operations.	
		
(2)	Includes the $175 million impairment to write down the book value of our investment in Best Buy Europe to fair value in fiscal 2014 and the $208 million goodwill impairment related to our Five Star reporting unit in fiscal 2013 (11-month).	
		
(3)	Income tax benefit for fiscal 2014 includes a $27 million benefit related to a tax allocation between continuing and discontinued operations and a $15 million benefit related to the impairment of our investment in Best Buy Europe. The fiscal 2014 effective tax rate for discontinued operations differs from the statutory tax rate primarily due to the previously mentioned tax allocation, sale of mindSHIFT, restructuring charges and the impairment of our investment in Best Buy Europe. The sale of mindSHIFT, restructuring charges and impairment generally included no related tax benefit. The deferred tax assets related to the sale of mindSHIFT and restructuring charges generally resulted in an increase in the valuation allowance in an equal amount, of which the investment impairment is not tax deductible.	
		
(4)	Gain in fiscal 2014 is primarily comprised of the following: $28 million gain (with no tax impact) from sale of Best Buy Europe fixed-line business in Switzerland in the first quarter; $24 million gain (with no tax impact) from the sale of Best Buy Europe in the second quarter; and loss of $18 million from sale of mindSHIFT in the fourth quarter.	

70

Table of Contents

3.   Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. To measure fair value, we use a three-tier valuation hierarchy based upon observable and non-observable inputs:

Level 1  — Unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2  — Significant other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly, including:

•	Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;	
		
•	Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets;	
		
•	Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and	
		
•	Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.	

Level 3  — Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management's estimates of market participant assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , according to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values ($ in millions).

																
 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as	
 	Fair Value at
January 31, 2015	 	Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)	 	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	$	265		 	$	265		 	$	—		 	$	—		
Corporate bonds	13		 	—		 	13		 	—		
Commercial paper	165		 	—		 	165		 	—		
Short-term investments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporate bonds	276		 	—		 	276		 	—		
Commercial paper	306		 	—		 	306		 	—		
Other current assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency derivative instruments	30		 	—		 	30		 	—		
Other assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate swap derivative instruments	1		 	—		 	1		 	—		
Auction rate securities	2		 	—		 	—		 	2		
Marketable securities that fund deferred compensation	97		 	97		 	—		 	—		
Assets held for sale	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	16		 	16		 	—		 	—		

71

Table of Contents

	
																
 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as	
 	Fair Value at
February 1, 2014	 	Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)	 	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	$	53		 	$	53		 	$	—		 	$	—		
Commercial paper	80		 	—		 	80		 	—		
Treasury bills	263		 	263		 	—		 	—		
Short-term investments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial paper	100		 	—		 	100		 	—		
Other current assets			 	 		 	 		 	 		
Foreign currency derivative instruments	2		 	—		 	2		 	—		
Other assets			 	 		 	 		 	 		
Auction rate securities	9		 	—		 	—		 	9		
Marketable securities that fund deferred compensation	96		 	96		 	—		 	—		
Liabilities			 	 		 	 		 	 		
Accrued liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency derivative instruments	5		 	—		 	5		 	—		
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:
 
Money Market Funds. Our money market fund investments were measured at fair value as they trade in an active market using quoted market prices and, therefore, are classified as Level 1.

Corporate Bonds. Our corporate bond investments were measured at fair value using quoted market prices. They were classified as Level 2 as they trade in a non-active market for which bond prices are readily available.
 
Commercial Paper. Our investments in commercial paper were measured using inputs based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets and, therefore, were classified as Level 2.
 
Treasury Bills. Our Treasury bills were classified as Level 1 as they traded with sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis.
 
Foreign Currency Derivative Instruments. Comprised primarily of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swap contracts, our foreign currency derivative instruments were measured at fair value using readily observable market inputs, such as quotations on forward foreign exchange points and foreign interest rates. Our foreign currency derivative instruments were classified as Level 2 as these instruments are custom, over-the-counter contracts with various bank counterparties that are not traded in an active market.

Interest Rate Swap Derivative Instruments. Our interest rate swap contracts were measured at fair value using readily observable inputs, such as the LIBOR interest rate. Our interest rate swap derivative instruments were classified as Level 2 as these instruments are custom, over-the-counter contracts with various bank counterparties that are not traded in an active market.
 
Auction Rate Securities. Our investments in auction rate securities ("ARS") were classified as Level 3 as quoted prices were unavailable. Due to limited market information, we utilized a DCF model to derive an estimate of fair value. The assumptions we used in preparing the DCF model include estimates with respect to the amount and timing of future interest and principal payments, forward projections of the interest rate benchmarks, the probability of full repayment of the principal considering the credit quality and guarantees in place, and the rate of return required by investors to own such securities given the current liquidity risk associated with ARS.

72

Table of Contents

Marketable Equity Securities. Our marketable equity securities were measured at fair value using quoted market prices. They were classified as Level 1 as they trade in an active market for which closing stock prices are readily available.
 
Marketable Securities that Fund Deferred Compensation. The assets that fund our deferred compensation consist of investments in mutual funds. These investments were classified as Level 1 as the shares of these mutual funds trade with sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis.
 
Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis relate primarily to our tangible fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are remeasured when the derived fair value is below carrying value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For these assets, we do not periodically adjust carrying value to fair value except in the event of impairment. When we determine that impairment has occurred, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to fair value and the difference is recorded within operating income in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
 
The following table summarizes the fair value remeasurements for non-restructuring property and equipment impairments and restructuring activities recorded for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 ($ in millions):

																
 	2015	 	2014	
 	Impairments	 	Remaining Net
Carrying Value (1)	 	Impairments	 	Remaining Net
Carrying Value (1)	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment (non-restructuring)	$	42		 	$	19		 	$	101		 	$	10		
Restructuring activities (2)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment	1		 	—		 	8		 	—		
Investments	—		 	—		 	16		 	21		
Total	$	43		 	$	19		 	$	125		 	$	31		
Discontinued operations (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment (4)	$	1		 	$	—		 	$	221		 	$	—		
Tradename	—		 	—		 	4		 	—		
Total	$	1		 	$	—		 	$	225		 	$	—		
		
(1)	Remaining net carrying value approximates fair value.	
		
(2)	See Note 4, Restructuring Charges , for additional information.	
		
(3)	Property and equipment and tradename impairments associated with discontinued operations are recorded within loss from discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.	
		
(4)	Includes the $175 million impairment to write down the book value of our investment in Best Buy Europe to fair value. Upon completion of the sale of Best Buy Europe as described in Note 2, Discontinued Operations , the remaining net carrying values of all assets have been reduced to zero.	

All of the fair value remeasurements included in the table above were based on significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , for further information associated with the goodwill impairments. Fixed asset fair values were derived using a DCF model to estimate the present value of net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to generate. The key inputs to the DCF model generally included our forecasts of net cash generated from revenue, expenses and other significant cash outflows, such as capital expenditures, as well as an appropriate discount rate. For the tradename, fair value was derived using the relief from royalty method, as described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . In the case of assets for which the impairment was the result of restructuring activities, no future cash flows have been assumed as the assets will cease to be used and expected sale values are nominal.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments, other than those presented in the disclosures above, include cash, receivables, short-term investments, other investments, accounts payable, other payables and long-term debt. The fair values of cash, receivables, short-term investments, accounts payable and other payables approximated carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. If these instruments were measured at fair value in the financial statements, they would be classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Short-term investments other than those disclosed in the tables above represent time deposits. Fair

73

Table of Contents

values for other investments held at cost are not readily available, but we estimate that the carrying values for these investments approximate fair value. See Note 5, Debt , for information about the fair value of our long-term debt.

4.   Restructuring Charges
 
Summary
 
Restructuring charges incurred in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 (11-month) were as follows ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	
Renew Blue	$	11		 	$	155		 	$	171		
Other restructuring activities	(6	)	 	(6	)	 	244		
Total	5		 	149		 	415		
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	
Renew Blue	18		 	10		 	—		
Other restructuring activities	—		 	100		 	34		
Total (Note 2)	18		 	110		 	34		
Total	$	23		 	$	259		 	$	449		
 
Renew Blue Plan
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 (11-month), we began implementing initiatives intended to reduce costs and improve operating performance. These initiatives included focusing on core business activities, reducing headcount, updating our store operating model and optimizing our real estate portfolio. These cost reduction initiatives represented one of the key Renew Blue priorities for fiscal 2014 and 2015 and cost reductions will continue to be a priority in fiscal 2016. We incurred $29 million of charges related to Renew Blue initiatives during fiscal 2015. Of the total charges, $10 million related to our Domestic segment, which consisted of employee termination benefits. The remaining $19 million of charges related to our International segment and consisted of employee termination benefits, property and equipment impairments and facility closure and other costs. We expect to continue to implement cost reduction initiatives throughout fiscal 2016, as we further analyze our operations and strategies.
 
We incurred $165 million of charges related to Renew Blue initiatives during fiscal 2014. Of the total charges, $129 million related to our Domestic segment, which consisted primarily of employee termination benefits, investment impairments, and property and equipment impairments. The remaining $36 million of charges related to our International segment and consisted of employee termination benefits, facility closure and other costs, and property and equipment impairments.

For continuing operations, the inventory write-downs related to our Renew Blue restructuring activities are presented in restructuring charges – cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings and the remainder of the restructuring charges are presented in restructuring charges in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The restructuring charges from discontinued operations related to this plan are presented in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax.

74

Table of Contents

The composition of the restructuring charges we incurred for this program in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 (11-month), as well as the cumulative amount incurred through the end of fiscal 2015, was as follows ($ in millions):

																																																
 	Domestic	 	International	 	Total	
 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventory write-downs	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	1		 	$	1		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	1		 	$	1		
Property and equipment impairments	—		 	7		 	7		 	14		 	1		 	1		 	23		 	25		 	1		 	8		 	30		 	39		
Termination benefits	9		 	106		 	46		 	161		 	5		 	24		 	9		 	38		 	14		 	130		 	55		 	199		
Investment impairments	—		 	16		 	27		 	43		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	16		 	27		 	43		
Facility closure and other costs	1		 	—		 	3		 	4		 	(5	)	 	1		 	55		 	51		 	(4	)	 	1		 	58		 	55		
Total continuing operations	10		 	129		 	84		 	223		 	1		 	26		 	87		 	114		 	11		 	155		 	171		 	337		
Discontinued Operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventory write-downs	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Property and equipment impairments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1		 	—		 	1		 	—		 	1		 	—		 	1		
Termination benefits	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	12		 	4		 	—		 	16		 	12		 	4		 	—		 	16		
Facility closure and other costs	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	6		 	5		 	—		 	11		 	6		 	5		 	—		 	11		
Total discontinued operations	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	18		 	10		 	—		 	28		 	18		 	10		 	—		 	28		
Total	$	10		 	$	129		 	$	84		 	$	223		 	$	19		 	$	36		 	$	87		 	$	142		 	$	29		 	$	165		 	$	171		 	$	365		
 
The following table summarizes our restructuring accrual activity during fiscal 2015 and 2014 related to termination benefits and facility closure and other costs associated with this program ($ in millions):

												
 	Termination Benefits	 	Facility
Closure and
Other Costs	 	Total	
Balance at February 2, 2013	$	54		 	$	54		 	$	108		
Charges	133		 	16		 	149		
Cash payments	(68	)	 	(23	)	 	(91	)	
Adjustments (1)	(8	)	 	4		 	(4	)	
Balance at February 1, 2014	111		 	51		 	162		
Charges	47		 	16		 	63		
Cash payments	(121	)	 	(22	)	 	(143	)	
Adjustments (1)	(21	)	 	(14	)	 	(35	)	
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		 	(8	)	 	(8	)	
Balance at January 31, 2015	$	16		 	$	23		 	$	39		
		
(1)	Adjustments to termination benefits were due to higher-than-expected employee retention. Adjustments to facility closure and other costs represent change in sublease assumptions and reductions in our remaining lease obligations.    	

Other Restructuring Activities

Over the last few fiscal years, we have initiated multiple restructuring programs in an effort to focus on our core business and reduce costs. These initiatives were comprised of the following:

•	Fiscal 2013 Europe Restructuring: In the third quarter of fiscal 2013 (11-month), we initiated a series of actions to restructure our Best Buy Europe operations in our International segment intended to improve operating performance.	

75

Table of Contents

The costs incurred under this action consisted primarily of property and equipment impairments and employee termination benefits.

•	Fiscal 2013 U.S. Restructuring: In the first quarter of fiscal 2013 (11-month), we initiated a series of actions to restructure operations in our Domestic segment intended to improve operating performance. The actions included closure of 49 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.S. and changes to the store and corporate operating models. The costs of implementing the changes primarily consisted of facility closure costs, employee termination benefits and property and equipment (primarily store fixtures) impairments.	

•	Fiscal 2012 Restructuring: In the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we implemented a series of actions to restructure operations in our Domestic and International segments that resulted in charges primarily related to property and equipment impairments and employee termination benefits. The actions within our Domestic segment included a decision to modify our strategy for certain mobile broadband offerings. In our International segment, we closed our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. and impaired certain information technology assets supporting the restructured operations.	

•	Fiscal 2011 Restructuring: In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we implemented a series of actions to restructure operations in our Domestic and International segments in order to improve performance and enhance customer service. The restructuring actions included plans to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies in our Domestic segment's operations, primarily focused on modifications to our distribution channels and exit from certain digital delivery services within our entertainment product category.	

For continuing operations, the inventory write-downs related to these restructuring activities are presented in restructuring charges – cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings and the remainder of the restructuring charges are presented in restructuring charges in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The restructuring charges from discontinued operations related to these plan are presented in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax.

The composition of the restructuring charges we incurred for these programs in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), as well as the cumulative amount incurred through the end of fiscal 2015 , were as follows ($ in millions):

																																																
 	Domestic	 	International	 	Total	
 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	 	12-Month 2015	 	12-Month 2014	 	11-Month 2013	 	Cumulative Amount	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventory write-downs	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	28		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	28		
Property and equipment impairments	—		 	—		 	17		 	49		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	112		 	—		 	—		 	17		 	161		
Termination benefits	—		 	—		 	77		 	91		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	77		 	91		
Facility closure and other costs	(6	)	 	(6	)	 	150		 	147		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(6	)	 	(6	)	 	150		 	147		
Total	(6	)	 	(6	)	 	244		 	315		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	112		 	(6	)	 	(6	)	 	244		 	427		
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventory write-downs	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	7		 	—		 	33		 	—		 	7		 	—		 	33		
Property and equipment impairments	—		 	—		 	—		 	15		 	—		 	45		 	12		 	188		 	—		 	45		 	12		 	203		
Termination benefits	—		 	—		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	36		 	20		 	91		 	—		 	36		 	20		 	95		
Tradename impairment	—		 	—		 	—		 	13		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	4		 	—		 	17		
Facility closure and other costs	—		 	—		 	—		 	3		 	—		 	8		 	2		 	97		 	—		 	8		 	2		 	100		
Total	—		 	—		 	—		 	35		 	—		 	100		 	34		 	413		 	—		 	100		 	34		 	448		
Total	$	(6	)	 	$	(6	)	 	$	244		 	$	350		 	$	—		 	$	100		 	$	34		 	$	525		 	$	(6	)	 	$	94		 	$	278		 	$	875		

76

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our restructuring accrual activity during fiscal 2015 and 2014 related to termination benefits and facility closure and other costs associated with these programs ($ in millions):

												
 	Termination Benefits	 	Facility
Closure and
Other Costs	 	Total	
Balance at February 2, 2013	$	4		 	$	154		 	$	158		
Charges	36		 	6		 	42		
Cash payments	(4	)	 	(86	)	 	(90	)	
Adjustments (1)	(36	)	 	(14	)	 	(50	)	
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		 	(2	)	 	(2	)	
Balance at February 1, 2014	—			58		 	58		
Charges	—		 	3		 	3		
Cash payments	—		 	(21	)	 	(21	)	
Adjustments (1)	—		 	(6	)	 	(6	)	
Balance at January 31, 2015	$	—		 	$	34		 	$	34		
		
(1)	Adjustments to termination benefits in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to the write-off of the remaining liability as a result of the sale of Best Buy Europe. Adjustments to facility closure and other costs represent change in sublease assumptions and reductions in our remaining lease obligations.	

5.   Debt
 
Short-Term Debt

U.S. Revolving Credit Facilities

Our $500 million 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility agreement with a syndicate of banks, which was entered into on June 25, 2013, expired on June 25, 2014.

On June 30, 2014, we entered into a $1.25 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility agreement (the "Five-Year Facility Agreement") with a syndicate of banks. The Five-Year Facility Agreement replaced the previous $1.5 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which was originally scheduled to expire in October 2016, but was terminated on June 30, 2014.

The interest rate under the Five-Year Facility Agreement is variable and is determined at our option as: (i) the sum of (a) the greatest of (1) JPMorgan's prime rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% , and (3) the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.0% , and (b) a variable margin rate (the “ABR Margin”); or (ii) the LIBOR plus a variable margin rate (the “LIBOR Margin”). In addition, a facility fee is assessed on the commitment amount. The ABR Margin, LIBOR Margin and the facility fee are based upon the registrant's current senior unsecured debt rating. Under the Five-Year Facility Agreement, the ABR Margin ranges from 0.0% to 0.925% , the LIBOR Margin ranges from 1.000% to 1.925% , and the facility fee ranges from 0.125% to 0.325% . At January 31, 2015, and February 1, 2014, there were no borrowings outstanding and at January 31, 2015, $1.25 billion was available under the Five-Year Facility Agreement.
 
The Five-Year Facility Agreement is guaranteed by specified subsidiaries of Best Buy Co., Inc. and contain customary affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants restrict Best Buy Co., Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to incur certain types or amounts of indebtedness, incur liens on certain assets, make material changes in corporate structure or the nature of its business, dispose of material assets, engage in a change in control transaction, make certain foreign investments, enter into certain restrictive agreements, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Five-Year Facility Agreement also contains financial covenants that require us to maintain a maximum cash flow leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio (both ratios measured quarterly for the previous 12 months). The Five-Year Facility Agreement contains default provisions including, but not limited to, failure to pay interest or principal when due and failure to comply with covenants.

77

Table of Contents

Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following ($ in millions):

								
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
2016 Notes	349		 	349		
2018 Notes	500		 	500		
2021 Notes	649		 	649		
Interest rate swap valuation adjustments	1		 	—		
Financing lease obligations, due 2016 to 2026, interest rates ranging from 3.0% to 8.1%	69		 	95		
Capital lease obligations, due 2016 to 2035, interest rates ranging from 1.9% to 9.3%	52		 	63		
Other debt, due 2017, interest rate 6.7%	1		 	1		
Total long-term debt	1,621		 	1,657		
Less: current portion	(41	)	 	(45	)	
Total long-term debt, less current portion	$	1,580		 	$	1,612		

2018 Notes
 
On July 16, 2013, we completed the sale of $500 million principal amount of notes due August 1, 2018 (the “2018 Notes”). The 2018 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% per year, payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2014. Net proceeds from the sale of the 2018 Notes were $495 million , after underwriting and issue discounts totaling $5 million .
 
We may redeem some or all of the 2018 Notes at any time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the 2018 Notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of each remaining scheduled payment of principal and interest on the 2018 Notes to be redeemed discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed 2018 Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.
 
The 2018 Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The 2018 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur debt secured by liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions.
 
2016 and 2021 Notes
 
In March 2011, we issued $350 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) and $650 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2021 (the “2021 Notes” and, together with the 2016 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2016 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.75% per year, while the 2021 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.50% per year. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2011. The Notes were issued at a slight discount to par, which when coupled with underwriting discounts of $6 million , resulted in net proceeds from the sale of the Notes of $990 million .
 
We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount and (ii) the sum of the present values of each remaining scheduled payment of principal and interest discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the redemption date as described in the indenture (including the supplemental indenture) relating to the Notes. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur debt secured by liens or to enter into sale and lease-back transactions.

78

Table of Contents

Other
 
The fair value of long-term debt approximated $1,677 million and $1,690 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively, based primarily on the quoted market prices, compared to carrying values of $1,621 million and $1,657 million , respectively. If our long-term debt was recorded at fair value, it would be classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
At January 31, 2015 , the future maturities of long-term debt, including capitalized leases, consisted of the following ($ in millions):

					
Fiscal Year	 	 	
2016	 	$	41		
2017	 	375		
2018	 	18		
2019	 	511		
2020	 	6		
Thereafter	 	670		
Total long-term debt	 	$	1,621		

6.   Derivative Instruments

We manage our economic and transaction exposure to certain risks through the use of foreign currency derivative instruments and interest rate swaps. Our objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of net earnings, cash flows and net asset value associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not hold derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have no derivatives that have credit risk-related contingent features, and we mitigate our credit risk by engaging with financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings as our counterparties.

We record all derivative instruments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value and evaluate hedge effectiveness prospectively and retrospectively when electing to apply hedge accounting. We formally document all hedging relations at the inceptions for derivative hedges and the underlying hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. In addition, we have derivatives which are not designated as hedging instruments.

Net Investment Hedges

In fiscal 2015, we entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge against the effect of Canadian dollar exchange rate fluctuations on a portion of our net investment in our Canadian operations. The contracts have terms up to 12 months. For a net investment hedge, we recognize changes in the fair value of the derivative as a component of foreign currency translation within other comprehensive income to offset a portion of the change in translated value of the net investment being hedged, until the investment is sold or liquidated. We limit recognition in net earnings of amounts previously recorded in other comprehensive income to circumstances such as complete or substantially complete liquidation of the net investment in the hedged foreign operation. We report the ineffective portion of the gain or loss, if any, in net earnings. We had no net investment hedge activity during fiscal 2014.

Interest Rate Swaps

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we entered into receive fixed-rate, pay variable-rate interest rate swaps to mitigate the effect of interest rate fluctuations on a portion of our 2018 Notes. Our interest rate swap contracts are considered perfect hedges because the critical terms and notional amounts match those of our fixed-rate debt being hedged and are therefore accounted as a fair value hedge using the shortcut method. Under the shortcut method, we recognize the change in the fair value of the derivatives with an offsetting change to the carrying value of the debt. Accordingly, there is no impact on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings from the fair value of the derivatives. We had no interest rate swap activity in fiscal 2014.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

We use foreign currency forward contracts to manage the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates relative to recognized receivable and payable balances denominated in non-functional currencies and on certain forecast inventory purchases denominated in non-functional currencies. The contracts generally have terms of up to 12 months. These derivative

79

Table of Contents

instruments are not designated in hedging relationships and, therefore, we record gains and losses on these contracts directly to net earnings.

Summary of Derivative Balances

The following table presents the gross fair values for outstanding derivative instruments and the corresponding classification at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014:

										
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Contract Type	Assets	Liabilities	 	Assets	Liabilities	
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges (1)	19		—		 	—		—		
Derivatives designated as interest rate swaps (2)	1		—		 	—		—		
No hedge designation (foreign exchange forward contracts) (1)	11		—		 	2		5		
Total	31		—		 	2		5		
		
(1)	The fair value is recorded in other current assets or accrued liabilities.	
		
(2)	The fair value is recorded in other assets or long-term liabilities.	
    
The following table presents the effects of derivative instruments on Other Comprehensive Income ("OCI") and on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal 2015 and 2014:

						
 	2015	
Contract Type	Pre-tax Gain(Loss) Recognized in OCI	 	Gain(Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI to Earnings (Effective Portion)	
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges	22		 	—		

The following table presents the effects of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments on our consolidated statements of earnings for fiscal 2015 and 2014: 

						
 	Gain (Loss) Recognized within SG&A	
Contract Type	2015	 	2014	
No hedge designation (foreign exchange forward contracts)	12		 	5		

The following table presents the notional amounts of our derivative instruments at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014:

						
 	Notional Amount	
Contract Type	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges	197		 	—		
Derivatives designated as interest rate swaps	145		 	—		
No hedge designation (foreign exchange forward contracts)	212		 	157		
Total	554		 	157		

7.   Shareholders' Equity

Stock Compensation Plans

Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Omnibus Plan") authorizes us to grant or issue non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity awards up to a total of 22.5 million shares. We have not granted incentive stock options under the Omnibus Plan. Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan, awards may be granted to our employees, officers, advisers, consultants and directors. Awards issued under the Omnibus Plan vest as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of our Board of Directors at the time of grant. Awards granted, forfeited or canceled under the previous plan, the 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, after February 1, 2014 adjust the amount available under the Omnibus Plan. At January 31, 2015 , a total of 22.7 million shares were available for future grants under the Omnibus Plan.

80

Table of Contents

Upon adoption and approval of the Omnibus Plan, all of our previous equity incentive compensation plans were terminated. However, existing awards under those plans continued to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule and will expire at the end of their original term.

Our outstanding stock options have a 10 -year term. Outstanding stock options issued to employees generally vest over a three or four -year period, and outstanding stock options issued to directors vest immediately upon grant. Share awards vest based either upon attainment of specified goals or upon continued employment. Outstanding share awards that are not time-based vest at the end of a three-year incentive period based upon our total shareholder return ("TSR") compared to the TSR of companies that comprise Standard & Poor's 500 Index ("market-based"). We have time-based share awards that vest in their entirety at the end of three - and four -year periods, time-based share awards where 25% of the award vests on the date of grant and 25% vests on each of the three anniversary dates thereafter, and time-based share awards to directors vest one year from the grant date.

During fiscal 2014, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan was amended. The Plan permits employees to purchase our common stock at a 5% discount from the market price at the end of semi-annual purchase periods and is non-compensatory. During fiscal 2013 (11-month), the Plan permitted our employees to purchase our common stock at a 15% discount from the market price of the stock at the beginning or at the end of a semi-annual purchase period, whichever is less, and was considered compensatory. Employees are required to hold the common stock purchased for 12 months. In fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), 0.3 million , 0.6 million and 1.0 million shares, respectively, were purchased through our employee stock purchase plans. At January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , plan participants had accumulated $1 million and $2 million , respectively, to purchase our common stock pursuant to these plans.

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Stock options	$	17		 	$	25		 	$	43		
Share awards	 	 	 	 	 	
Market-based	10		 	9		 	2		
Time-based	60		 	62		 	62		
Employee stock purchase plans	—		 	1		 	5		
Total	$	87		 	$	97		 	$	112		
 
Stock Options
 
Stock option activity was as follows in fiscal 2015 :

													
 	Stock
Options	 	Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share	 	Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)	 	Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (in millions)	
Outstanding at February 1, 2014	22,101,000		 	$	36.38		 	 	 	 		
Granted	1,524,000		 	$	29.90		 	 	 	 		
Exercised	(1,679,000	)	 	$	25.31		 	 	 	 		
Forfeited/Canceled	(4,604,000	)	 	$	36.62		 	 	 	 		
Outstanding at January 31, 2015	17,342,000		 	$	36.81		 	4.9	 	$	67		
Vested or expected to vest at January 31, 2015	17,095,000		 	$	36.91		 	4.8	 	$	66		
Exercisable at January 31, 2015	13,995,000		 	$	39.37		 	4.0	 	$	36		
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) was $9.09 , $7.77 and $5.11 , respectively, per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) exercised during fiscal 2015 , 2014  and 2013 (11-month), was $13 million , $39 million and $0 million , respectively. At January 31, 2015 , there was $19 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2  years.

81

Table of Contents

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $42 million , $158 million and $1 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), respectively.

There was $5 million , $13 million and $0 million of income tax benefits realized from stock option exercises in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), respectively.

In fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), we estimated the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using a lattice or Black Scholes valuation model (for certain individuals) with the following assumptions:

										
 	 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
Valuation Assumptions (1)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Risk-free interest rate (2)	 	0.1% – 2.4%		 	0.1% – 1.8%		 	0.1% – 2.0%		
Expected dividend yield	 	2.5	%	 	2.0	%	 	2.2	%	
Expected stock price volatility (3)	 	40	%	 	46	%	 	44	%	
Expected life of stock options (in years) (4)	 	6.0		 	5.9		 	5.9		
		
(1)	Forfeitures are estimated using historical experience and projected employee turnover.	
		
(2)	Based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of our stock options.	
		
(3)	In projecting expected stock price volatility, we consider both the historical volatility of our stock price as well as implied volatilities from exchange-traded options on our stock.	
		
(4)	We estimate the expected life of stock options based upon historical experience.	

Market-Based Share Awards

The fair value of market-based share awards is determined based on generally accepted valuation techniques and the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. A summary of the status of our nonvested market-based share awards at January 31, 2015 , and changes during fiscal 2015 , is as follows:

								
Market-Based Share Awards	 	Shares	 	Weighted-Average Fair Value per Share	
Outstanding at February 1, 2014	 	1,636,000		 	$	20.91		
Granted	 	564,000		 	$	29.22		
Vested	 	(127,000	)	 	$	19.16		
Forfeited/Canceled	 	(369,000	)	 	$	19.23		
Outstanding at January 31, 2015	 	1,704,000		 	$	24.16		

At January 31, 2015 , there was $20 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested market-based share awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.9  years.

Time-Based Share Awards

The fair value of time-based share awards is determined based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. This value is reduced by the present value of expected dividends during vesting when the employee is not entitled to dividends.

A summary of the status of our nonvested time-based share awards at January 31, 2015 , and changes during fiscal 2015 , is as follows:

								
Time-Based Share Awards	 	Shares	 	Weighted-Average Fair Value per Share	
Outstanding at February 1, 2014	 	7,065,000		 	$	21.49		
Granted	 	2,609,000		 	$	28.49		
Vested	 	(2,657,000	)	 	$	22.77		
Forfeited/Canceled	 	(1,474,000	)	 	$	20.68		
Outstanding at January 31, 2015	 	5,543,000		 	$	24.40		

82

Table of Contents

At January 31, 2015 , there was $84 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested time-based share awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.

Earnings per Share

We compute our basic earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, and our diluted earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding adjusted by the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive common shares been issued. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, nonvested share awards and shares issuable under our employee stock purchase plan. Nonvested market-based share awards and nonvested performance-based share awards are included in the average diluted shares outstanding each period if established market or performance criteria have been met at the end of the respective periods.

At January 31, 2015 , options to purchase 17.3 million shares of common stock were outstanding as follows (shares in millions):

																														
 	Exercisable	 	Unexercisable	 	Total	
 	Shares	 	%	 	Weighted-
Average Price
per Share	 	Shares	 	%	 	Weighted-
Average Price
per Share	 	Shares	 	%	 	Weighted-
Average Price
per Share	
In-the-money	2.8		 	20	%	 	$	22.99		 	3.1		 	94	%	 	$	25.60		 	5.9		 	34	%	 	$	24.38		
Out-of-the-money	11.2		 	80	%	 	$	43.42		 	0.2		 	6	%	 	$	34.25		 	11.4		 	66	%	 	$	43.27		
Total	14.0		 	100	%	 	$	39.37		 	3.3		 	100	%	 	$	26.11		 	17.3		 	100	%	 	$	36.81		

The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the out-of-the-money stock options because such outstanding options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common shares and, therefore, the effect would be anti-dilutive (i.e., including such options would result in higher earnings per share).

The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of basic and diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013 (1)	
Numerator (in millions):	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc., shareholders, diluted	$	1,246		 	$	695		 	$	(259	)	
Denominator (in millions):	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	349.5		 	342.1		 	338.6		
Effect of potentially dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options and other	4.1		 	5.5		 	—		
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution	353.6		 	347.6		 	338.6		
Net earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	3.57		 	$	2.03		 	$	(0.76	)	
Diluted	$	3.53		 	$	2.00		 	$	(0.76	)	
		
(1)	The calculation of diluted loss per share for fiscal 2013 (11-month) does not include potentially dilutive securities because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive (i.e., reduce the net loss per share).	

Repurchase of Common Stock
 
In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized a $5.0 billion share repurchase program. The June 2011 program replaced our prior $5.5 billion share repurchase program authorized in June 2007. There is no expiration date governing the period over which we can repurchase shares under the June 2011 share repurchase program.

The following table presents the amount and cost of shares we repurchased and retired in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) under the June 2011 program and the June 2007 program ($ and shares in millions):

83

Table of Contents

	
												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
June 2011 Program	 	 	 	 	 	
Total number of shares repurchased	—		 	—		 	6.3		
Total cost of shares repurchased	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	122		
 
At January 31, 2015 , $4.0 billion remained available for additional purchases under the June 2011 share repurchase program. Repurchased shares have been retired and constitute authorized but unissued shares.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is computed as net earnings (loss) plus certain other items that are recorded directly to shareholders' equity. In addition to net earnings (loss), the significant components of comprehensive income (loss) include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale marketable equity securities. Foreign currency translation adjustments do not include a provision for income tax expense when earnings from foreign operations are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 (11-month), respectively ($ in millions):

												
 	Foreign Currency Translation	 	Available-For-Sale Investments	 	Total	
Balances at March 3, 2012	93		 	(3	)	 	90		
Adjustment for fiscal year-end change	11		 	—		 	11		
Balances at January 28, 2012	104		 	(3	)	 	101		
Foreign currency translation adjustments	9		 	—		 	9		
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments	—		 	2		 	2		
Balances at February 2, 2013	113		 	(1	)	 	112		
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(136	)	 	—		 	(136	)	
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments	—		 	7		 	7		
Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings due to sale of business	508		 	—		 	508		
Reclassification of losses on available-for-sale investments into earnings	—		 	1		 	1		
Balances at February 1, 2014	$	485		 	$	7		 	$	492		
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(103	)	 	—		 	(103	)	
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments	—		 	(3	)	 	(3	)	
Reclassification of gains on available-for-sale investments into earnings	—		 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Balances at January 31, 2015	$	382		 	$	—		 	$	382		
 
There is generally no tax impact related to foreign currency translation adjustments, as the earnings are considered permanently reinvested. In addition, there were no material tax impacts related to gains or losses on available-for-sale investments in the periods presented.

84

Table of Contents

8.   Leases

The composition of net rent expense for all operating leases, including leases of property and equipment, was as follows in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Minimum rentals	$	848		 	$	864		 	$	809		
Contingent rentals	2		 	2		 	1		
Total rent expense	850		 	866		 	810		
Less: sublease income	(18	)	 	(18	)	 	(16	)	
Net rent expense	$	832		 	$	848		 	$	794		

The future minimum lease payments under our capital, financing and operating leases by fiscal year (not including contingent rentals) at January 31, 2015 , were as follows ($ in millions):

													
Fiscal Year	 	Capital
Leases	 	Financing
Leases	 	Operating
Leases (1)	
2016	 	$	22		 	$	24		 	$	873		
2017	 	11		 	18		 	771		
2018	 	7		 	14		 	641		
2019	 	4		 	9		 	499		
2020	 	2		 	6		 	365		
Thereafter	 	15		 	9		 	727		
Subtotal	 	61		 	80		 	$	3,876		
Less: imputed interest	 	(9	)	 	(11	)	 	 		
Present value	 	$	52		 	$	69		 	 		
		
(1)	Operating lease obligations do not include payments to landlords covering real estate taxes and common area maintenance. These charges, if included, would increase total operating lease obligations by $1.2 billion at January 31, 2015 .	

Total minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rent income of approximately $117 million due under future noncancelable subleases.

9.    Benefit Plans

We sponsor retirement savings plans for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may choose from various investment options, including a fund comprised of our company stock. Participants can contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation annually as defined by the plan document, subject to Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") limitations. We match 100% of the first 3% of participating employees' contributions and 50% of the next 2% . Employer contributions vest immediately. The total employer contributions were $60 million , $65 million and $62 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month), respectively.

We have a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for highly compensated employees and members of our Board of Directors. Amounts contributed and deferred under our deferred compensation plan are credited or charged with the performance of investment options offered under the plan and elected by the participants. In the event of bankruptcy, the assets of the plan are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors. The liability for compensation deferred under the plan was $44 million and $54 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively, and is included in long-term liabilities. We manage the risk of changes in the fair value of the liability for deferred compensation by electing to match our liability under the plan with investment vehicles that offset a substantial portion of our exposure. The cash value of the investment vehicles, which includes funding for future deferrals, was $97 million and $96 million at January 31, 2015 , and February 1, 2014 , respectively, and is included in other assets. Both the asset and the liability are carried at fair value.

85

Table of Contents

10.   Income Taxes

The following is a reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to income tax expense in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Federal income tax at the statutory rate	$	485		 	$	379		 	$	1		
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	43		 	26		 	(2	)	
(Benefit) expense from foreign operations	(23	)	 	(23	)	 	45		
Other	(11	)	 	6		 	5		
Legal entity reorganization	(353	)	 	—		 	—		
Goodwill impairments (non-deductible)	—		 	—		 	214		
Income tax expense	$	141		 	$	388		 	$	263		
Effective income tax rate	10.1	%	 	35.8	%	 	7,152.3	%	

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we purchased CPW’s interest in the Best Buy Mobile profit share agreement for  $1.3 billion  (the “Mobile buy-out”). The Mobile buy-out completed by our U.K. subsidiary resulted in the  $1.3 billion  purchase price being assigned, for U.S. tax purposes only, to an intangible asset. The Mobile buy-out did not, however, result in a similar intangible asset in the U.K., as the Mobile buy-out was considered part of a tax-free equity transaction for U.K. tax purposes.

Because the U.S. tax basis in the intangible asset was considered under U.S. tax law to be held by our U.K. subsidiary, which is regarded as a foreign corporation for U.S. tax purposes, ASC 740,  Income Taxes , requires that no deferred tax asset may be recorded in respect of the intangible asset. ASC 740-30-25-9 also precludes the recording of a deferred tax asset on the outside basis difference of the U.K. subsidiary. As a result, the amortization of the U.S. tax basis in the intangible asset only resulted in a periodic income tax benefit by reducing the amount of the U.K. subsidiary’s income, if any, that would otherwise have been subject to U.S. income taxes.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we filed an election with the Internal Revenue Service to treat the U.K. subsidiary as a disregarded entity such that its assets are now deemed to be assets held directly by a U.S. entity for U.S. tax purposes. This tax-only election, which results in the liquidation of the U.K. subsidiary for U.S. tax purposes, resulted in the elimination of the Company’s outside basis difference in the U.K. subsidiary. Additionally, the election resulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset (and corresponding income tax benefit) for the remaining unrecognized inside tax basis in the intangible, in a manner similar to a change in tax status as provided in ASC 740-10-25-32.

Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense by jurisdiction was as follows in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
United States	$	1,201		 	$	699		 	$	286		
Outside the United States	186		 	384		 	(282	)	
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense	$	1,387		 	$	1,083		 	$	4		

86

Table of Contents

Income tax expense was comprised of the following in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	$	354		 	$	305		 	$	211		
State	51		 	46		 	(3	)	
Foreign	33		 	55		 	49		
 	438		 	406		 	257		
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	(275	)	 	(22	)	 	25		
State	(26	)	 	1		 	(1	)	
Foreign	4		 	3		 	(18	)	
 	(297	)	 	(18	)	 	6		
Income tax expense	$	141		 	$	388		 	$	263		

Deferred taxes are the result of differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following ($ in millions):

								
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Accrued property expenses	$	129		 	$	162		
Other accrued expenses	91		 	133		
Deferred revenue	93		 	81		
Compensation and benefits	103		 	114		
Stock-based compensation	94		 	110		
Goodwill and intangibles	287		 	—		
Loss and credit carryforwards	156		 	176		
Other	88		 	103		
Total deferred tax assets	1,041		 	879		
Valuation allowance	(143	)	 	(158	)	
Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance	898		 	721		
Property and equipment	(251	)	 	(286	)	
Goodwill and intangibles	—		 	(75	)	
Inventory	(54	)	 	(60	)	
Other	(27	)	 	(16	)	
Total deferred tax liabilities	(332	)	 	(437	)	
Net deferred tax assets	$	566		 	$	284		

87

Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows ($ in millions): 

								
 	January 31, 2015	 	February 1, 2014	
Other current assets	$	252		 	$	261		
Current assets held for sale	3		 	—		
Other assets	322		 	44		
Other current liabilities	—		 	—		
Other long-term liabilities	—		 	(21	)	
Long-term liabilities held for sale	(11	)	 	—		
Net deferred tax assets	$	566		 	$	284		

At January 31, 2015 , we had total net operating loss carryforwards from international operations of $118 million , of which $110 million will expire in various years through 2025 and the remaining amounts have no expiration. Additionally, we had acquired U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $21 million which expire between 2023 and 2030 , U.S. federal foreign tax credit carryforwards of $1 million which expire between 2022 and 2024 , state credit carryforwards of $12 million which expire in 2024 , and state capital loss carryforwards of $4 million which expire in 2019 .

At January 31, 2015 , a valuation allowance of $143 million had been established, of which $1 million is against U.S. federal foreign tax credit carryforwards, $11 million is against U.S. federal and state capital loss carryforwards, $6 million is against state credit carryforwards and other state deferred tax assets, and $125 million is against certain international net operating loss carryforwards and other international deferred tax assets. The $15 million decrease from February 1, 2014 , is primarily due to the decrease in the valuation allowance against the U.S. federal foreign tax credit carryforward.

We have not provided deferred taxes on unremitted earnings attributable to foreign operations that have been considered to be reinvested indefinitely. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and were $770 million at January 31, 2015 . It is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not indefinitely reinvested.

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Balance at beginning of period	$	370		 	$	383		 	$	387		
Gross increases related to prior period tax positions	33		 	38		 	10		
Gross decreases related to prior period tax positions	(88	)	 	(67	)	 	(22	)	
Gross increases related to current period tax positions	114		 	34		 	37		
Settlements with taxing authorities	(9	)	 	(3	)	 	(10	)	
Lapse of statute of limitations	(10	)	 	(15	)	 	(19	)	
Balance at end of period	$	410		 	$	370		 	$	383		

Unrecognized tax benefits of $297 million , $228 million and $231 million at January 31, 2015 , February 1, 2014 , and February 2, 2013, respectively, would favorably impact our effective income tax rate if recognized.

We recognize interest and penalties (not included in the "unrecognized tax benefits" above), as well as interest received from favorable tax settlements, as components of income tax expense. Interest income of $6 million was recognized in fiscal 2015 . At January 31, 2015 , February 1, 2014 , and February 2, 2013, we had accrued interest of $78 million , $91 million and $85 million , respectively, along with accrued penalties of $2 million , $2 million and $0 million at January 31, 2015 , February 1, 2014 , and February 2, 2013, respectively.

88

Table of Contents

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before fiscal 2005 .

Because existing tax positions will continue to generate increased liabilities for us for unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12  months, and since we are routinely under audit by various taxing authorities, it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change during the next 12  months. An estimate of the amount or range of such change cannot be made at this time. However, we do not expect the change, if any, to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows within the next 12  months.

11.   Segment and Geographic Information
 
Segment Information
 
Our chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is our Chief Executive Officer. Our business is organized into two reportable segments: Domestic (which is comprised of all operations within the U.S. and its territories) and International (which is comprised of all operations outside the U.S. and its territories). Our CODM has ultimate responsibility for enterprise decisions. Our CODM determines, in particular, resource allocation for, and monitors performance of, the consolidated enterprise, the Domestic segment and the International segment. The Domestic segment managers and International segment managers have responsibility for operating decisions, allocating resources and assessing performance within their respective segments. Our CODM relies on internal management reporting that analyzes enterprise results to the net earnings level and segment results to the operating income level.
 
We aggregate our Canada and Mexico businesses into one International operating segment. Our Domestic and International operating segments also represent our reportable segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies .

89

Table of Contents

The following tables present our business segment information in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions): 

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	36,055		 	$	35,831		 	$	33,222		
International	4,284		 	4,780		 	5,030		
Total revenue	$	40,339		 	$	40,611		 	$	38,252		
Percentage of revenue, by revenue category	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic:	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer Electronics	31	%	 	30	%	 	32	%	
Computing and Mobile Phones	47	%	 	48	%	 	45	%	
Entertainment	9	%	 	8	%	 	10	%	
Appliances	7	%	 	7	%	 	6	%	
Services	5	%	 	6	%	 	6	%	
Other	1	%	 	1	%	 	1	%	
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	
International:	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer Electronics	30	%	 	29	%	 	32	%	
Computing and Mobile Phones	49	%	 	50	%	 	47	%	
Entertainment	9	%	 	10	%	 	10	%	
Appliances	5	%	 	5	%	 	5	%	
Services	6	%	 	6	%	 	6	%	
Other	1	%	 	< 1%		 	< 1%		
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	
Operating income (loss)	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	1,437		 	$	1,145		 	$	731		
International (1)	13		 	(1	)	 	(641	)	
Total operating income	1,450		 	1,144		 	90		
Other income (expense)	 	 	 	 	 	
Gain on sale of investments	13		 	20		 	—		
Investment income and other	14		 	19		 	13		
Interest expense	(90	)	 	(100	)	 	(99	)	
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense	$	1,387		 	$	1,083		 	$	4		
Assets (2)	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	12,998		 	$	11,146		 	$	10,874		
International	2,258		 	2,867		 	5,913		
Total assets	$	15,256		 	$	14,013		 	$	16,787		
Capital expenditures (2)	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	519		 	$	440		 	$	488		
International	42		 	107		 	217		
Total capital expenditures	$	561		 	$	547		 	$	705		
Depreciation (2)	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	575		 	$	565		 	$	561		
International	81		 	136		 	233		
Total depreciation	$	656		 	$	701		 	$	794		
		
(1)	Included within our International segment's operating loss for fiscal 2013 (11-month) is a $611 million goodwill impairment charge.	
		
(2)	International segment amounts for assets, capital expenditures and depreciation include amounts from Five Star.	

90

Table of Contents

Geographic Information

The following table presents our geographic information in fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 (11-month) ($ in millions):

												
 	12-Month	 	12-Month	 	11-Month	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net sales to customers	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	$	36,055		 	$	35,831		 	$	33,222		
Canada	4,047		 	4,522		 	4,818		
Other	237		 	258		 	212		
Total revenue	$	40,339		 	$	40,611		 	$	38,252		
Long-lived assets	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	$	2,100		 	$	2,190		 	$	2,404		
Europe	—		 	—		 	352		
Canada	174		 	244		 	341		
China	—		 	139		 	142		
Other	21		 	25		 	31		
Total long-lived assets	$	2,295		 	$	2,598		 	$	3,270		

12.   Contingencies and Commitments

Contingencies

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings. Where appropriate, we have made accruals with respect to these matters, which are reflected in our consolidated financial statements. However, there are cases where liability is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and therefore accruals have not been made. We provide disclosure of matters where we believe it is reasonably possible the impact may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

Securities Actions

In February 2011, a purported class action lawsuit captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al. , was filed against us and certain of our executive officers in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota. This federal court action alleges, among other things, that we and the officers named in the complaint violated Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act in connection with press releases and other statements relating to our fiscal 2011 earnings guidance that had been made available to the public. Additionally, in March 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Rene LeBlanc, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In July 2011, after consolidation of the IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund and Rene LeBlanc actions, a consolidated complaint captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al., was filed and served. We filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in September 2011, and in March 2012, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, the court issued a decision dismissing the action with prejudice. In April 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court's decision on our motion to dismiss. In October 2012, the court granted plaintiff's motion to alter or amend the court's decision on our motion to dismiss in part by vacating such decision and giving plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint, which plaintiff did in October 2012. We filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint in November 2012 and all responsive pleadings were filed in December 2012. A hearing was held on April 26, 2013. On August 5, 2013, the court issued an order granting our motion to dismiss in part and, contrary to its March 2012 order, denying the motion to dismiss in part, holding that certain of the statements alleged to have been made were not forward-looking statements and therefore were not subject to the “safe-harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act (PSLRA). Plaintiffs moved to certify the purported class. By Order filed August 6, 2014, the court certified a class of persons or entities who acquired Best Buy common stock between 10:00 a.m. EDT on September 14, 2010, and December 13, 2010, and who were damaged by the alleged violations of law. The 8th Circuit Court of Appeals granted our request for interlocutory appeal. Briefing is complete. Oral argument is expected to be scheduled later in 2015. The trial court has stayed proceedings while the appeal is pending. We continue to believe that these allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously defend our company in this matter.

91

Table of Contents

In June 2011, a purported shareholder derivative action captioned, Salvatore M. Talluto, Derivatively and on Behalf of Best Buy Co., Inc. v. Richard M. Schulze, et al. , as Defendants and Best Buy Co., Inc. as Nominal Defendant, was filed against both present and former members of our Board of Directors serving during the relevant periods in fiscal 2011 and us as a nominal defendant in the U.S. District Court for the State of Minnesota. The lawsuit alleges that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty, among other claims, including violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, in failing to correct public misrepresentations and material misstatements and/or omissions regarding our fiscal 2011 earnings projections and, for certain directors, selling stock while in possession of material adverse non-public information. Additionally, in July 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Daniel Himmel, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In November 2011, the respective lawsuits of Salvatore M. Talluto and Daniel Himmel were consolidated into a new action captioned, In Re: Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, and a stay ordered pending the close of discovery in the consolidated IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al. case.

The plaintiffs in the above securities actions seek damages, including interest, equitable relief and reimbursement of the costs and expenses they incurred in the lawsuits. As stated above, we believe the allegations in the above securities actions are without merit, and we intend to defend these actions vigorously. Based on our assessment of the facts underlying the claims in the above securities actions, their respective procedural litigation history, and the degree to which we intend to defend our company in these matters, the amount or range of reasonably possible losses, if any, cannot be estimated.

Cathode Ray Tube Action

On November 14, 2011, we filed a lawsuit captioned In re Cathode Ray Tube Antitrust Litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. We allege that the defendants engaged in price fixing in violation of antitrust regulations relating to cathode ray tubes for the time period between March 1, 1995 through November 25, 2007. No trial date has been set. In connection with this action, we received settlement proceeds net of legal expenses and costs in the amount of $67 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. We will continue to litigate against the remaining defendants and expect further settlement discussions as this matter proceeds; however, it is uncertain whether we will recover additional settlement sums or a favorable verdict at trial.

Other Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of conducting business. For such legal proceedings, we have accrued an amount that reflects the aggregate liability deemed probable and estimable, but this amount is not material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Because of the preliminary nature of many of these proceedings, the difficulty in ascertaining the applicable facts relating to many of these proceedings, the variable treatment of claims made in many of these proceedings and the difficulty of predicting the settlement value of many of these proceedings, we are not able to estimate an amount or range of any reasonably possible additional losses. However, based upon our historical experience, the resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Commitments

We engage Accenture LLP ("Accenture") to assist us with improving our operational capabilities and reducing our costs in the information systems and human resources areas. We expect our future contractual obligations to Accenture to range from $17 million to $89 million per year through fiscal 2018 , the end of the periods under contract.

We had outstanding letters of credit and bankers' acceptances for purchase obligations with an aggregate fair value of $100 million at January 31, 2015 .

92

Table of Contents

13.   Subsequent Events

On February 13, 2015, we completed the sale of our Five Star business in China. The expected gain on the sale will be included in the results of discontinued operations in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

On March 3, 2015, we announced a plan to return capital to shareholders. The plan includes a special, one-time dividend of $0.51 per share, or approximately $180 million , and a 21% increase in our regular quarterly dividend to $0.23 per share. We plan to resume share repurchases under the June 2011 program, with the intent to repurchase $1 billion in shares over the next three years.

In March 2015, we made a decision to consolidate Future Shop and Best Buy stores and websites in Canada under the Best Buy brand. This resulted in permanently closing 66 Future Shop stores and converting 65 Future Shop stores to the Best Buy brand. The costs of implementing these changes primarily consist of lease exit costs, employee severance and asset impairments. We expect to incur total pre-tax restructuring charges and non-restructuring impairments in the range of approximately $200 million to $280 million related to the actions. We expect that the majority of these charges will be recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The total charges includes approximately $140 million to $180 million of cash charges.

14.   Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables show selected operating results for each 3-month quarter and full year of fiscal 2015 and 2014 (unaudited) ($ in millions):

																				
 	Quarter	 	12-Month	
 	1st	 	2nd	 	3rd	 	4th	 	2015	
Revenue	$	8,639		 	$	8,459		 	$	9,032		 	$	14,209		 	$	40,339		
Comparable sales % change (1)	(1.8	)%	 	(2.2	)%	 	2.9	%	 	2.0	%	 	0.5	%	
Gross profit	$	1,967		 	$	1,978		 	$	2,076		 	$	3,026		 	$	9,047		
Operating income (2)	210		 	225		 	205		 	810		 	1,450		
Net earnings from continuing operations	469		 	137		 	116		 	524		 	1,246		
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	(8	)	 	10		 	(9	)	 	(4	)	 	(11	)	
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests	461		 	147		 	107		 	520		 	1,235		
Net earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	461		 	146		 	107		 	519		 	1,233		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.33		 	$	0.39		 	$	0.33		 	$	1.47		 	$	3.53		
Discontinued operations	(0.02	)	 	0.03		 	(0.03	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.04	)	
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.31		 	$	0.42		 	$	0.30		 	$	1.46		 	$	3.49		

93

Table of Contents

	
																				
 	Quarter	 	12-Month	
 	1st	 	2nd	 	3rd	 	4th	 	2014	
Revenue	$	8,928		 	$	8,734		 	$	8,924		 	$	14,025		 	$	40,611		
Comparable sales % decline (1)	(1.8	)%	 	(0.6	)%	 	0.5	%	 	(1.3	)%	 	(1.0	)%	
Gross profit	$	2,105		 	$	2,373		 	$	2,093		 	$	2,828		 	$	9,399		
Operating income (4)	187		 	405		 	100		 	452		 	1,144		
Net earnings from continuing operations	112		 	233		 	50		 	300		 	695		
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	(185	)	 	15		 	4		 	(6	)	 	(172	)	
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests	(73	)	 	248		 	54		 	294		 	523		
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders	(81	)	 	266		 	54		 	293		 	532		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.33		 	$	0.67		 	$	0.15		 	$	0.85		 	$	2.00		
Discontinued operations	(0.57	)	 	0.10		 	0.01		 	(0.02	)	 	(0.47	)	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	(0.24	)	 	$	0.77		 	$	0.16		 	$	0.83		 	$	1.53		
		
(1)	Our comparable sales calculation compares revenue from stores, websites and call centers operating for at least 14 full months, as well as revenue related to certain other comparable sales channels for a particular period to a corresponding period in the prior year. Relocated, as well as remodeled, expanded and downsized stores closed more than 14 days, are excluded from our comparable store sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquisitions are included in the comparable sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of the calculation of comparable sales attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The calculation of comparable sales excludes the impact of revenue from discontinued operations. Comparable online sales are included in our comparable sales calculation. The method of calculating comparable sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods.	
		
(2)	Includes $2 million , $5 million , $5 million and $(7) million of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, and $5 million for the 12 months ended January 31, 2015 related to measures we took to restructure our businesses.	
		
(3)	The sum of our quarterly diluted earnings per share does not equal our annual diluted earnings per share due to differences in quarterly and annual weighted-average shares outstanding.	
		
(4)	Includes $5 million , $4 million , $27 million and $113 million of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, and $149 million for the 12 months ended February 1, 2014 related to measures we took to restructure our businesses.	

94

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have established a Disclosure Committee, consisting of certain members of management, to assist in this evaluation. Our Disclosure Committee meets on a quarterly basis and more often if necessary.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act), as of January 31, 2015 . Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of January 31, 2015 , our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management's report on our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal fourth quarter ended January 31, 2015 , that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

There was no information required to be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that was not reported.

95

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors

The information provided under the caption "Nominees and Directors" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers is furnished in a separate item captioned "Executive Officers of the Registrant" included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The nature of certain relationships and related party transactions between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director is stated under the captions "Nominees and Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert and Identification of the Audit Committee

The information provided under the caption "Audit Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement, regarding the Audit Committee financial experts and the identification of the Audit Committee members, is incorporated herein by reference.

Director Nomination Process

The information provided under the caption "Director Nomination Process" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to our Board.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

The information provided under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to our directors and all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer. Our Code of Business Ethics is available on our website, www.investors.bestbuy.com .

A copy of our Code of Business Ethics may also be obtained, without charge, upon written request to Best Buy Co., Inc. Investor Relations Department at 7601 Penn Avenue South, Richfield, MN 55423-3645.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or a waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer by posting such information within two business days of any such amendment or waiver on our website, www.investors.bestbuy.com .

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information set forth under the caption "Executive and Director Compensation" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

96

Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is furnished as a separate item captioned "Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans" included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The information provided under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information provided under the captions "Director Independence," "Nominees and Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information provided under the caption "Ratification of Appointment of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Principal Accountant Services and Fees" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

97

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)	The following documents are filed as part of this report:	

1.	Financial Statements:	

All financial statements as set forth under Item 8 of this report.

2.	Supplementary Financial Statement Schedules:	

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Other schedules have not been included because they are not applicable or because the information is included elsewhere in this report.

3.	Exhibits:	

	
													
Exhibit	 	 	 	Incorporated by Reference	 	Filed	
No.	 	Exhibit Description	 	Form	 	Exhibit	 	Filing Date	 	Herewith	
2.1		 	Implementation Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, by and among Best Buy Co., Inc. , Best Buy UK Holdings LP, Best Buy Distributions Limited, New BBED Limited and Carphone Warehouse Group, plc	 	8-K	 	2.1		 	4/30/2013	 	 	
3.1		 	Restated Articles of Incorporation	 	DEF 14A	 	n/a		 	5/12/2009	 	 	
3.2		 	Amended and Restated By-Laws	 	8-K	 	3.1		 	9/26/2013	 	 	
4.1		 	Form of Indenture, to be dated as of March 11, 2011, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee	 	S-3ASR	 	4.1		 	3/11/2011	 	 	
4.2		 	Form of First Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of March 11, 2011, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee	 	8-K	 	4.2		 	3/11/2011	 	 	
4.3		 	Second Supplement Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2013, to the Indenture dated as of March 11, 2011, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee	 	8-K	 	4.1		 	7/16/2013	 	 	
10.1		 	Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2014, among Best Buy Co., Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent	 	8-K	 	10.1		 	7/2/2014	 	 	
*10.2		 	Best Buy Co., Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended	 	S-8	 	99		 	7/15/2011	 	 	
*10.3		 	Best Buy Co., Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the Board of Directors	 	DEF 14A	 	n/a		 	5/26/2011	 	 	
*10.4		 	2010 Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement, as approved by the Board of Directors	 	10-K	 	10.7		 	4/28/2010	 	 	
*10.5		 	Best Buy Co., Inc. Performance Share Award Agreement dated August 5, 2008	 	8-K	 	10.1		 	8/8/2008	 	 	
*10.6		 	Form of Long-Term Incentive Program Buy-Out Award Agreement dated September 4, 2012, between Hubert Joly and Best Buy Co., Inc.	 	10-Q	 	10.3		 	9/6/2012	 	 	
*10.7		 	Form of Best Buy Co., Inc. Continuity Award Agreement dated June 21, 2012	 	10-Q	 	10.1		 	9/6/2012	 	 	
*10.8		 	Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2012, between Sharon McCollam and Best Buy Co., Inc.	 	8-K	 	10.1		 	11/15/2012	 	 	
*10.9		 	Employment Agreement, dated August 19, 2012, between Hubert Joly and Best Buy Co., Inc.	 	8-K	 	10.1		 	8/21/2012	 	 	
*10.10		 	Letter Agreement, dated March 25, 2013, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and Richard M. Schulze	 	8-K	 	99.2		 	3/25/2013	 	 	

98

Table of Contents

	
													
Exhibit	 	 	 	Incorporated by Reference	 	Filed	
No.	 	Exhibit Description	 	Form	 	Exhibit	 	Filing Date	 	Herewith	
*10.11		 	Best Buy Mobile Performance Award Termination Agreement	 	10-K	 	10.18		 	3/28/2014	 	 	
*10.12		 	Form of Best Buy Co., Inc. Long-Term Incentive Program Award	 	10-K	 	10.19		 	3/28/2014	 	 	
*10.13		 	Form of Best Buy Co., Inc. Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement	 	10-K	 	10.20		 	3/28/2014	 	 	
*10.14		 	Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Directors	 	10-K	 	10.21		 	3/28/2014	 	 	
*10.15		 	Form of Best Buy Co., Inc. Long Term Incentive Program Award Agreement (2014)	 	10-Q	 	10.10		 	12/19/2014	 	 	
*10.16		 	Best Buy Co., Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan	 	S-8	 	99		 	6/27/2014	 	 	
*10.17		 	Form of Best Buy Co., Inc. Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2014)	 	10-Q	 	10.1		 	9/10/2014	 	 	
*10.18		 	Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Directors (2014)	 	10-Q	 	10.2		 	9/10/2014	 	 	
*10.19		 	Best Buy Sixth Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	X	
12.1		 	Statements re: Computation of Ratios	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
21.1		 	Subsidiaries of the Registrant	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
23.1		 	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
31.1		 	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
31.2		 	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
32.1		 	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
32.2		 	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 		 	 	 	X	
101		 	The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2015, filed with the SEC on March 31, 2015, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the consolidated balance sheets at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, (ii) the consolidated statements of earnings for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, (iii) the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, (iv) the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, (v) the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
*    Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has not filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain instruments with respect to long-term debt under which the amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish copies of all such instruments to the SEC upon request.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

99

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	
			
Best Buy Co., Inc.
(Registrant)	
By:	 	/s/ Hubert Joly	
 	 	Hubert Joly
President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	March 31, 2015	

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

	
					
Signature	 	Title	 	Date	
/s/ Hubert Joly	 	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Hubert Joly	 	(principal executive officer)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Sharon L. McCollam	 	Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer	 	March 31, 2015	
Sharon L. McCollam	 	  (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Hatim A. Tyabji	 	Chairman of the Board and Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Hatim A. Tyabji	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Bradbury H. Anderson	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Bradbury H. Anderson	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Lisa M. Caputo	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Lisa M. Caputo	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ J. Patrick Doyle	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
J. Patrick Doyle	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Russell P. Fradin	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Russell P. Fradin	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Kathy J. Higgins Victor	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Kathy J. Higgins Victor	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ David W. Kenny	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
David W. Kenny	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Sanjay Khosla	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Sanjay Khosla	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Allen U. Lenzmeier	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Allen U. Lenzmeier	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Thomas L. Millner	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Thomas L. Millner	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Gérard Vittecoq	 	Director	 	March 31, 2015	
Gérard Vittecoq	 	 	 	 	

100

Table of Contents

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
($ in millions)

																
 	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	 	Charged to
Expenses or
Other Accounts	 	Other (1)	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
Year ended January 31, 2015	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	104		 	$	1		 	$	(46	)	 	$	59		
Year ended February 1, 2014	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	92		 	$	76		 	$	(64	)	 	$	104		
Year ended February 2, 2013	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	72		 	$	34		 	$	(14	)	 	$	92		
		
(1)	Includes bad debt write-offs and recoveries, acquisitions and the effect of foreign currency fluctuations.	

 

Exhibit 10.19

BEST BUY
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

				
 	 	Page		
ARTICLE 1	Definitions	1		
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 2	Selection, Enrollment, Commencement of Participation	6		
2.1.	Selection by Committee
	 	
2.2.	Enrollment Requirements
	 	
2.3.	Amount of Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount
	 	
2.4.	Company Contribution Amount
	 	
2.5.	Crediting and Debiting of Account Balances
	 	
2.7.	Payment of Withholdings to Trustees or Custodian

ARTICLE 3	In‑Service Distribution; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies
	10		
3.1.	In-Service Distribution	 	
3.2.	Other Benefits Take Precedence Over In‑Service Distribution
	 	
3.3.	Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

ARTICLE 4	Retirement Benefit	11		
4.1.	Retirement Benefit	 	
4.2.	Payment of Retirement Benefit	 	
4.3.	Death Prior to Completion of Retirement Benefit	 	
4.4.	Specified Employees	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 5	Termination Benefit	12		
5.1.	Termination Benefit	 	
5.2.	Payment of Termination Benefit	 	
5.3.	Death Prior to Completion of Termination Benefit	 	
5.4.	Specified Employees	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 6	Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit	12		
6.1.	Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit	 	
6.2.	Payment of Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 7	Beneficiary Designation	13		
7.1.	Beneficiary	 	
7.2.	Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent	 	
7.3.	Acknowledgment	 	
7.4.	No Beneficiary Designation	 	
7.5.	Doubt as to Beneficiary	 	
7.6.	Crediting and Debiting Account Balances	 	
ARTICLE 8	Claims Procedures	14		
8.1.	Presentation of Claim	 	
8.2.	Notification of Decision	 	
8.3.	Review of a Denied Claim	 	
8.4.	Decision on a Review	 	
8.5.	Subsequent Action; Mandatory Arbitration	 	

	
				
 	 	Page		
ARTICLE 9	Establishment of The Trust	15		
9.1.	Establishment and Funding of the Trust	 	
9.2.	Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust	 	
9.3.	Distributions From the Trust	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 10	Administration	16		
10.1.	Committee Duties	 	
10.2.	Administration Upon Change In Control	 	
10.3.	Agents	 	
10.4.	Binding Effect of Decisions	 	
10.5.	Indemnity	 	
10.6.	Employer Information	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 11	Termination, Amendment or Modification	18		
11.1.	Termination	 	
11.2.	Amendment	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 12	Miscellaneous	19		
12.1.	Non-Guarantee of Employment	 	
12.2.	Rights to Trust Asset	 	
12.3.	Suspension of Rules	 	
12.4.	Requirement of Proof	 	
12.5.	Non-Alienation and Taxes	 	
12.6.	Savings Clause	 	
12.7.	Facility of Payment	 	
12.8.	Requirement of Releases	 	
12.9.	Board Action	 	
12.10.	Computational Errors	 	
12.11.	Communications	 	
12.12.	Terms	 	
12.13.	Captions	 	
12.14.	Governing Law	 	
12.15.	Notice	 	
12.16.	Successors	 	
12.17.	Spouse's Interest	 	
12.18.	Insurance	 	
12.19.	Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control	 	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE 13	Transitional Rules	23		
13.1.	Introduction	 	
13.2.	Amounts Deferred Under Prior Plan	 	
13.3.	Suspension of Deferrals for Penalty Withdrawals	 	
13.4.	Treatment of Grandfathered Account Balances	 	

BEST BUY
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2015

Purpose

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and Directors who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Best Buy Co., Inc., a Minnesota corporation, and its subsidiaries. This Plan shall be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA and, as to covered Employees, is described in Section 201 of Title I of ERISA.

The Plan was initially adopted effective as of April 1, 1998. The Plan was amended and restated effective each of October 1, 1998, July 1, 1999 and January 1, 2001, was amended effective January 1, 2003, and was amended and restated effective April 1, 2004 and January 1, 2009, and was amended effective November 1, 2010. The Plan is being amended and restated effective January 1, 2015.
ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

1.1.	“Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Plan equal to the sum of (i) the Deferral Account balance and (ii) the Company Contribution Account balance. The Account Balance, and any sub‑account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan. As and to the extent necessary to reflect the time and form of payment elections, or other provisions applicable to such amounts, Account Balances shall be separately tracked and maintained by Plan Year.	

1.2.    “Administrator” shall have the meaning described in Article 10.

1.3.	“Annual Deferral Amount” shall mean that percentage or amount of a Participant’s Base Salary and Bonus or Directors Fees that a Participant timely elects to defer for a Plan Year in accordance with Article 2. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, Disability (if deferrals cease in accordance with Article 2), Unforeseeable Financial Emergency (if deferrals cease in accordance with Articles 2 and 3), death or a Termination of Employment prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld for such period.	

1.4.	“Base Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation payable for services performed as an Employee by a Participant during a Plan Year, excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non‑monetary awards, directors	

1

fees and other fees, automobile and other allowances, by a Participant, determined before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or non‑qualified plans of an Employer; provided, however, the Committee may allow on a Plan Year prospective basis commissions (or similar items of recurring compensation) to be treated as Base Salary with respect to individuals for whom such items represent the principal component of basic compensation.

1.5.	“Beneficiary” shall mean one or more individuals, trusts, estates or other persons, designated in accordance with Article 7, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan due to the death of a Participant.	

1.6.	“Beneficiary Designation” shall mean the form or other election procedures established from time to time by the Committee for a Participant to designate a Beneficiary.	

1.7.    “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

1.8.	“Bonus” shall mean any cash compensation, not otherwise considered Base Salary, payable for services performed as an Employee by a Participant, for a performance period which is coincident with or begins in a Plan Year, under an Employer’s short‑term bonus and cash incentive plans calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or non‑qualified plans of any Employer.	

1.9.    “Change in Control” or “CIC” is any one of the following:

(i)	When a person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock;	

(ii)	When a person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a twelve (12) month consecutive period, ending with the date of the most recent stock acquisition, stock of the Company possessing at least thirty percent (30%) of the total voting power of the Company’s stock;	

(iii)	When a majority of the members of the Board is replaced within a twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of such Board as constituted before such appointment or election; or	

(iv)	When a person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a twelve (12) month consecutive period assets from the Company or an entity controlled by the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to seventy‑five percent (75%) of the total fair market value of the assets of the Company and all such entities.	
Once a person or group acquires stock meeting the thresholds set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii) immediately preceding, additional acquisitions of such stock by that person or group shall be ignored in determining whether another CIC has occurred. Asset transfers between or among controlled entities as determined before such transfers shall not be considered in applying paragraph (iv) immediately preceding.
1.10.    “Claimant” shall have the meaning described in Article 8.

2

1.11.    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.12.    “Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 10.

1.13.	“Company” shall mean Best Buy Co., Inc., a Minnesota corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or businesses.	

1.14.	“Company Contribution Account” shall mean (i) the Participant’s Company Contribution Amount, plus or minus (ii) amounts credited or debited to such account pursuant to Article 2, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to such account.	

1.15.	“Company Contribution Amount” shall mean the amount, if any, determined in accordance with Section 2.4 for a Plan Year.	

1.16.	“Deferral Account” shall mean (i) a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount, plus or minus (ii) amounts credited or debited to such account pursuant to Article 2, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to such account.	

1.17.    “Director” shall mean a non‑employee member of the Board.

1.18.	“Directors Fees” shall mean the annual cash retainer and committee fees payable by the Company as compensation for serving on the Board, and such other amounts available for deferral hereunder, if any, as are determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of the applicable deferral period, calculated before reduction for fees deferred hereunder or any other plan or program.	

1.19.	“Disabled” or “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental condition, resulting from physical or mental sickness or injury, which prevents the individual while an Employee or Director from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and which condition can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months.	

1.20.	“Election Form and Plan Agreement” shall mean the annual enrollment forms and procedures established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes to indicate participation in the Plan for a Plan Year and to make elections under the Plan.	

1.21.	“Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common law or statutory employee and for whom the Employer pays Social Security taxes. This term shall not include individuals who are not treated as Employees for purposes of the Plan, even though they may be so treated or considered under applicable law (e.g., individuals whom an Employer treats as employees of a third party or as self‑employed).	

1.22.	“Employer” is the Company and each other corporation or unincorporated business which is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a group of trades or businesses under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b) or (c)) which includes the Company, but with respect to other business entities during only the periods of such common control with the Company.	

3

		
1.23.	“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.	

1.24.    “Grandfathered Account Balance” shall have the meaning described in Article 13.

1.25.    “In‑Service Distribution” shall mean the payout described in Section 3.1.

1.26.	“Key Employee” is an Employee who (i) at any time during that Key Employee Measuring Period owns at least five percent (5%) of the stock (or capital or profits interest) of an Employer, (ii) owns one percent (1%) of the stock (or capital or profits interest) of an Employer and whose compensation exceeds the dollar limit for such period described in Code Section 416(1)(iii), or (iii) is an officer of an Employer and whose compensation exceeds the dollar limit for such period described in Code Section 416(1)(i), as adjusted. No more than the lesser of fifty (50) employees and ten percent (10%) of all employees shall be treated as officers for that period by reason of clause (iii) immediately preceding. In the event the number of officers exceeds such number, the employees included in such number will be those with the highest compensation for that period.	

For purposes of this definition, compensation shall mean compensation as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)‑1(d)(2) and shall take into account the items which made up Code Section 415 compensation under the Company’s tax‑qualified 401(k) plan; provided, however, compensation for purposes of this definition (i) shall not include any items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)‑2(g)(5)(ii) (e.g., salary or wages earned abroad by an individual who is not a Participant and who is not a citizen or resident of the United States) and (ii) no change to the definition of items included or not included in Code Section 415 compensation under such 401(k) plan shall take effect until the next Key Employee Measuring Period used to determine a Key Employee.
1.27.    “Key Employee Measuring Period” is the calendar year.

1.28.	“Participant” shall mean an eligible Employee or Director who has validly elected to participate hereunder and elected to defer amounts under the Plan or who has been or is entitled to be allocated a Company Contribution Amount, or both. An individual who has become a Participant shall continue as a Participant until the earlier of his or her death and the date his or her entire Account Balances have been paid.	

1.29.	“Plan” shall mean the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan described in this document and as it may be amended from time to time. References to the Plan by year, period or other date shall be to the Plan document as then in effect.	

1.30.    “Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

1.31.    “Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit” shall mean the benefit described in Article 6.

1.32.	“Quarterly Installment Method” shall be a quarterly installment payment over the number of quarters selected by the Participant in accordance with this Plan, calculated as follows: The Account Balance of the Participant shall be calculated as of the close of business on the last business day of the quarter preceding the quarter for which the installment is being determined; provided, however, for each of the four (4) consecutive quarterly installment periods which begin	

4

with a January, such balance shall be calculated as of the close of business as of a month‑end in the immediately preceding quarterly period. Each quarterly installment for such year shall be calculated by multiplying this balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the remaining number of quarterly payments due the Participant as of the beginning of such year. Each quarterly installment shall be paid within sixty (60) days of the beginning of the applicable quarter. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, quarterly installment payments shall be drawn on a pro‑rata basis from each of the applicable Investment Funds used to determine amounts to be credited or debited to the Participant’s Account Balance pursuant to Article 2. In no event, however, shall the amount payable in all such installments exceed or be less than the Account Balance to which such installments relate and any adjustment in amount necessary to achieve such results shall be taken in order of the last installment to the earliest installment.

1.33.	“Retirement,” “Retire” or “Retired” shall mean a Termination of Employment for any reason, other than death, on or after the attainment of age sixty (60) in the case of an Employee, and on or after the attainment of age seventy (70) in the case of a Director.	

1.34.    “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit described in Article 4.

1.35.	“Specified Employee” is a Participant who is a Key Employee for a Key Employee Measuring Period, with such status as to that period becoming effective as of April 1st next following such period and lasting until the following April 1st.	

1.36.    “Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit described in Article 5.

1.37.	“Termination of Employment” shall mean the separation from service as an Employee with all business entities that comprise the Employer, or the cessation of services as a Director, for reasons other than death. An individual on a bona fide leave of absence shall be considered to have incurred a Termination of Employment no later than the six (6) month anniversary of the absence (twenty‑nine (29) months in the event of an absence due to a Disability); provided, however, such Termination shall not be considered to have been incurred while and for the period the individual has the right by law or agreement to return to employment with an Employer or serve as a Director upon the expiration of the leave. In the event an individual continues to render substantial services for an Employer as an independent contractor, other than as a Director, immediately after ceasing to be an Employee, no such Termination shall occur until such independent contractor services cease. The Committee may prescribe such rules as may be appropriate to cover situations as to whether and when a reduction in hours worked, an anticipated temporary assignment or the like shall be treated as a Termination of Employment; provided, however, unless otherwise permissible under Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations thereunder, any such rules shall be effective with respect to deferrals hereunder and other contributions for the Plan Year which begins after the year such rules are adopted.	

1.38.	“Trust” shall mean one or more trusts established pursuant to that certain Master Trust Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, between the Company and the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.	

1.39.	“Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” shall mean an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant, and which cannot be relieved through other reasonable means available to the	

5

Participant, resulting from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or his or her spouse or a dependent of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (iii) such other extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the discretion of the Committee.

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION

2.1.	Selection by Committee .  As determined by the Committee in its discretion, participation in the Plan shall be limited to Directors and a select group of management and highly compensated Employees.	

2.2.     Enrollment Requirements .

(a)	General . As a condition to participation, each eligible Employee or Director shall complete an Election Form and Plan Agreement and comply with such other procedures as the Committee may establish from time to time as necessary for enrollment.	

(b)	Base Salary . An Employee may elect to defer hereunder his or her Base Salary. A Director may elect to defer his or her Director Fees. Except as otherwise provided here, to be effective for a Plan Year any such election shall be made as of the time the Committee may prescribe but in no event later than December 31 of the year immediately preceding the Plan Year during which the Base Salary or Director Fees would be otherwise earned and paid.	

(c)	Bonus Compensation . An Employee may elect to defer hereunder his or her Bonus. Except as provided herein, to be effective for a Plan Year such election shall be made as of the time the Committee may prescribe but in no event later than December 31 of the year immediately prior to the Plan Year the Bonus is earned or the performance period relative to the Bonus begins.	

(d)	Participation During Plan Year .	

(i)	Initial Participation . An Employee or Director who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year may elect, within thirty (30) days of becoming so eligible, to defer hereunder (x) his or her Base Salary or Director Fees for that Plan Year earned and paid after such election and (y) to the extent allowed by the Committee with respect to the type or amount of bonus concerned, to defer hereunder his or her eligible bonus for the incentive period coincident with or starting in that Plan Year and earned and paid after such election. In the event an individual’s active participation in the Plan is cancelled pursuant to Section 2.3(c), or such individual otherwise ceases to be such a participant, and subsequently the individual is eligible to resume active participation in the Plan, then the provision of this Section 2.1(d) shall apply only if (x) such resumption occurs in a Plan Year after the Plan Year of cancellation and (y) the individual is treated as a newly eligible Employee or Director under paragraph (d)(ii) immediately following.	

6

		
(ii)	Former Participant . An individual who has been eligible to participate in the Plan, who loses such eligibility by reason of a Termination of Employment or otherwise, and who again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan in a later Plan Year, shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan for purposes of authorizing an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year in which he or she again becomes so eligible unless he or she (x) has not been eligible to make an Annual Deferral Amount election for two (2) or more consecutive years or (y) has previously incurred a Termination of Employment and been paid all benefits under the Plan after such Termination and before again becoming eligible for the Plan.	

(e)	Later Deferral Elections . If and to the extent allowed by the Committee, a deferral election with respect to Bonus Compensation which is:	

(i)	performance‑based compensation, may be made no later than six (6) months before the end of the performance period, or	

(ii)	earned over a period of one (1) year or more and which is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, no later than one (1) year before the date such risk of forfeiture would lapse for reasons other than by reason of the Employee’s death, Disability, or a CIC.	

2.3.     Amount of Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount .

(a)	Deferral Elections . At the time a Participant elects an Annual Deferral Amount for a Plan Year, he or she shall designate the rate or amount to be withheld from Base Salary, Bonus Compensation, and Director Fees as applicable. Except as described in Section 2.2 or in subsection (c) immediately following, once elected, the Annual Deferral Amount shall be irrevocable with respect to the covered compensation earned during the Plan Year or other period to which such election applies. No amount will be deferred under the Plan from such compensation in the absence of a timely deferral election for a Plan Year. For purposes of allocating the deferral of Base Salary between Plan Years, Base Salary earned for services performed during a payroll period that includes December 31st of any Plan Year that is paid in the following Plan Year shall be deemed to be earned entirely in such later Plan Year.	

(b)	Maximum Deferrals . The maximum percentage or amount of covered compensation which may be deferred hereunder by a Participant for a Plan Year shall be established from time to time by the Committee and may be expressed as a maximum amount or percentage. Different maximums may be applied to Base Salary and Bonus Compensation, or items of Bonus Compensation, and Director Fees. Such maximums shall be established before the Plan Year to which they relate and shall apply throughout that year.	

(c)	Intra-Year Cancellation of Deferrals . In the event a Participant becomes Disabled or, as directed by the Committee, applies for and is granted cancellation of deferrals pursuant to Article 3.3, additional deferrals on behalf of such Participant for the balance of the Plan Year shall be cancelled. The cancellation shall be effective as relevant no later than two and one‑half (2‑1/2) months after the Participant becomes Disabled or the second	

7

payroll period ending after the Committee approves the distribution and directs the cancellation.

2.4.      Company Contribution Amount .

(a)	General . For each Plan Year, the Company may, but is not required to, credit any amount it desires to any Participant’s Company Contribution Account under this Plan, which amount shall be for that Participant the Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. In no event, however, shall any such contribution be in lieu of or otherwise in replacement for an amount otherwise due to or on behalf of a Participant apart from the Plan. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive a Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. The Company Contribution Amount, if any, shall be credited as of the date selected by the Company.	

(b)	Time and Form of Payment . The Account Balance attributable to a Company Contribution Account for a Plan Year shall be paid upon the same events and in the same way and proportions as elected by the Participant with respect to the Deferral Account for such year. In the event no such election is made, such balance shall be paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant dies or incurs a Termination of Employment.	

2.5.     Crediting and Debiting of Account Balances .  In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:

(a)	Election of Investment or Measurement Funds . A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall elect one or more investment funds as a measurement to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance. Commencing with the first day that follows such commencement and continuing thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, the Participant may elect to add or delete one or more available investment funds or measures to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance, or to change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to any such fund. The Participant may change the percentage of a current year Deferral and Company Contribution Accounts to be invested in each investment fund or elect to have all or part of the Participant’s Account Balance from prior years transferred among the investment funds at any time, or both. Any such election shall be effective as soon as administratively practicable after the election is made. Any such election shall continue in effect thereafter unless and until a new election is made.	

(b)	Proportionate Allocation . In making an election the Participant shall specify, in increments of one percentage point (1%), the percentage of his or her Account Balance to be allocated to an investment fund or measure.	

(c)	Measurement Funds . The Participant may elect one or more available investment or measurement funds made available for this purpose, for the purpose of crediting or	

8

debiting additional amounts to his or her Account Balance. As necessary, the Committee may, in its discretion, discontinue, substitute or add any such fund. Each such action will take effect as of a date determined by the Committee so long as such date is under the circumstances reasonably after the date the Committee gives Participants advance written notice of such change.

(d)	Crediting or Debiting Method . The performance of each elected investment or measurement fund (either positive or negative) will be determined by the Committee, in its reasonable discretion, based on the performance of such funds themselves. A Participant’s Account Balance shall be credited or debited on a business daily basis based on the performance of such fund selected by the Participant, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, as though a Participant’s Account Balance were invested in such funds selected by the Participant, in the percentages applicable to such day, at the closing price on such date.	

(e)	No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any fund, the allocation to his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in such fund. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance and any sub‑account balance thereof shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company, other Employer or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company or other Employer.	

(f)	Participant’s Investment Elections .	

1.	General . The availability of investment funds for purposes of crediting or debiting additional amounts to Account Balances is not a recommendation to designate a deemed investment in any such investment fund. The selection of deemed investments is solely the responsibility of each Participant. No officer, employee or other agent of the Company or other Employer or the Trustee is authorized to advise or make any recommendation concerning the selection of such funds and no such person is responsible for determining the suitability or advisability of any such selection.	

2.	Participant Responsibility . Participants shall be solely responsible for selecting, monitoring, and changing the investment funds in or by which their Account Balances are invested. Neither the Company, other Employer, Committee member, nor the Administrator shall be responsible for such investment decisions. To the extent a Participant does not affirmatively elect one or more investment funds with respect to his or her Account Balance, he or she shall be deemed to have elected one or more funds designated for this purpose by the Committee.	

2.6.     Vesting . A Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Account Balance.

2.7.	Payment of Withholdings to Trustees or Custodian  Except as otherwise provided hereunder or unless otherwise directed by the Committee, an Employer shall remit amounts withheld from	

9

Participants and any Company Contribution Amount to the Trustee or other authorized custodian as soon as administratively feasible after such amounts are withheld or otherwise determined and payable.

ARTICLE 3

IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION; UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES

3.1.     In‑Service Distribution.

(a)	In connection with and at the time of each Annual Deferral Amount election, a Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a future In‑Service Distribution from the Plan with respect to all or a portion of such Deferral Account. The In‑Service Distribution shall be a lump sum payment in an amount that is equal to the portion of the Deferral Account for which the Participant has elected to receive such distribution, adjusted as provided for in Section 2.5 to the time of such distribution. The In‑Service Distribution shall be paid within the first sixty (60) days of the Plan Year that begins two Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year to which the Annual Deferral Amount relates or such later Plan Year as is timely elected by the Participant. By way of example, if the minimum two year In‑Service Distribution is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that are deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2009, a minimum two year In‑Service Distribution would be payable during the sixty (60) day period commencing January 1, 2012.	

(b)	Subject to Section 3.2, a Participant may make an election to postpone any In‑Service Distribution described in Section 3.1(a) above, and have such amount paid out in a lump sum payment during a sixty (60) day period commencing immediately after an allowable alternative distribution payable date designated by the Participant in accordance with this Section 3.1(b). In order to make this election, the Participant must submit a new In‑Service Distribution election form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:	

(i)	Such election form must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to the Participant’s previously designated In‑Service Distribution payable date;	

(ii)	The new In‑Service Distribution payable date selected by the Participant must be a January 1 at least five years after the previously designated In‑Service Distribution payable date; and	

(iii)	The election of the new In‑Service Distribution payable date will not be effective until twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made	

3.2.	Other Benefits Take Precedence Over In‑Service Distribution . Should an event occur before the In‑Service Distribution date that triggers a benefit under Article 4, 5, or 6, the Deferral Account that is subject to an In‑Service Distribution election shall not be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 but shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable Article.	

3.3	Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies . If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee	

10

to (i) cancel any deferrals required to be made by a Participant or (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan, or both. The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. If, subject to the discretion of the Committee, the petition for a cancellation or payout, or both, is approved, cancellation of deferrals shall take effect as described in Section 2.3(c) and any payout shall be made within sixty (60) days of the date of approval.

ARTICLE 4

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

4.1.	Retirement Benefit . A Participant who Retires shall receive his or her Account Balance as a Retirement Benefit.	

4.2.	Payment of Retirement Benefit .  In connection with and at the time of each Annual Deferral Amount election, a Participant shall irrevocably elect to receive the Retirement Benefit in a lump sum or in a Quarterly Installment Method of twenty (20), forty (40) or sixty (60) quarters and when such benefit shall be paid or shall commence to be paid. If the Participant’s Account Balance at the time of Retirement is less than $10,000, the Retirement Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum notwithstanding the election made; provided, however, the $10,000 threshold shall be based on the then existing Account Balances for all years or other periods of participation, including periods before 2005. If a Participant does not affirmatively elect otherwise, the Retirement Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum. The lump sum shall be paid, or installment payments shall commence, within the first sixty (60) days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant Retires or, if otherwise allowed and affirmatively elected by the Participant, within the first sixty (60) days of a later Plan Year designated by the Participant.	

4.3.	Death Prior to Completion of Retirement Benefit . If a Participant dies after Retirement but before the Retirement Benefit is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Retirement Benefit payments shall continue and shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same form as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, except as described in Section 4.4.	

4.4	Specified Employees . In the event the Participant is a Specified Employee at Retirement, however, no lump sum shall be paid and no Quarterly Installment Method shall commence earlier than the six (6) month anniversary of the Retirement date. In the case of a lump sum so delayed, the Account Balance shall be paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after such anniversary. In the case of a Quarterly Installment Method where an installment would be due within such six (6) months if the Participant were not a Specified Employee, such installment shall be paid within sixty (60) days of such anniversary and the remaining installments shall be paid as and when otherwise due. In the event the Specified Employee dies during such six (6) months, Section 4.3 shall be applied as if the date of death was the six (6) month anniversary.	

11

ARTICLE 5

TERMINATION BENEFIT

5.1.	Termination Benefit . A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment which is not a Retirement shall receive his or her Account Balance as a Termination Benefit.	

5.2.	Payment of Termination Benefit . In connection with and at the time of each Annual Deferral Amount election, a Participant shall irrevocably elect to receive the Termination Benefit in a lump sum or in a Quarterly Installment Method of twenty (20) quarters and when such benefit shall be paid or shall commence to be paid. If the Participant’s Account Balance at the time of Termination is less than $25,000, the Termination Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum notwithstanding the election made; provided, however, the $25,000 threshold shall be based on the then existing Account Balances for all years or other periods of participation, including periods before 2005. If a Participant does not affirmatively elect otherwise, the Termination Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum. The lump sum shall be paid, or installment payments shall commence, within the first sixty (60) days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates or, if otherwise allowed and affirmatively elected by the Participant, within the first sixty (60) days after the end of the month in which the Participant incurred a Termination of Employment.	

5.3.	Death Prior to Completion of Termination Benefit . If a Participant dies after Termination but before the Termination Benefit is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Termination Benefit payments shall continue and shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same form as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, except as described in Section 5.4.	

5.4.	Specified Employees . In the event the Participant is a Specified Employee at such Termination, however, no lump sum shall be paid and no Quarterly Installment Method shall commence earlier than the six (6) month anniversary of such Termination date. In the case of a lump sum so delayed, the Account Balance shall be paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after such anniversary. In the case of a Quarterly Installment Method where an installment would be due within such six (6) months if the Participant were not a Specified Employee, such installment shall be paid within sixty (60) days of such anniversary and the remaining installments shall be paid as and when otherwise due. In the event the Specified Employee dies during such six (6) months, Section 5.3 shall be applied as if the date of death was the six (6) month anniversary.	

ARTICLE 6

PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR BENEFIT

6.1.	Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit . The Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit equal to the Participant’s Account Balance if the Participant dies before he or she incurs a Termination of Employment.	

6.2.	Payment of Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit . In connection with and at the time of each Annual Deferral Amount election, a Participant shall irrevocably elect whether the	

12

Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit shall be received by his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum or in a Quarterly Installment Method of twenty (20) or forty (40) quarters. If the Participant’s Account Balance at the time of his or her death is less than $25,000, payment of the Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit shall be made in a lump sum; provided, however, the $25,000 threshold shall be based on the then existing Account Balances for all years or other periods of participation, including periods before 2005. If a Participant does not affirmatively elect otherwise, the Pre‑Retirement Survivor Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum. The lump sum shall be paid, or installment payments shall commence, within the first sixty (60) days after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant dies or, if otherwise allowed and affirmatively elected by the Participant, within the first sixty (60) days of a later Plan Year designated by the Participant.

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

7.1.	Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right to designate his or her Beneficiary (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.	

7.2.	Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures for such purposes, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s benefits, a spousal consent, in the form designated by the Committee, must be signed by that Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted prior to his or her death.	

7.3.	Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged by the Committee.	

7.4.	No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.	

7.5.	Doubt as to Beneficiary . If and to the extent the Committee has any reasonable doubt or a dispute exists as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause such payments to be suspended or otherwise sequestered until such matter is resolved to its satisfaction.	

13

		
7.6.	Crediting and Debiting Account Balances . After the death of a Participant, a Beneficiary shall be entitled to exercise the rights under the Plan of a Participant who has incurred a Termination of Employment (e.g., direct investments as described in Section 2.5) as and to the extent prescribed by the Committee and to the extent of the Account Balance payable to such Beneficiary.	

ARTICLE 8

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

8.1.	Presentation of Claim . Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.	

8.2.	Notification of Decision . The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant in writing:	

(a)	that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or	

(b)	that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:	

(i)	the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;	

(ii)	specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;	

(iii)	a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and	

(iv)	an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 12.3 below.	

8.3.	Review of a Denied Claim . Within sixty (60) days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. Thereafter, but not later than thirty (30) days after the review procedure began, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):	

(a)	may review pertinent documents;	

(b)	may submit written comments or other documents; and/or	

14

		
(c)	may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its discretion, may grant.	

8.4.	Decision on Review . The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than sixty (60) days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within one hundred twenty (120) days after such date. Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain to the extent reasonably possible:	

(a)	specific reasons for the decision;	

(b)	specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and	

(c)	such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.	

8.5.	Subsequent Action; Mandatory Arbitration .	

(a)	Subsequent Action . A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 8 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any subsequent action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.	

(b)	Mandatory Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be by a single arbitrator experienced in the matters at issue and selected by the parties in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration shall be held in such place in Minneapolis, Minnesota, as may be specified by the arbitrator (or any place agreed to by the parties and the arbitrator). The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding as to any matters submitted under this Article 8; provided, however, if necessary, such decision may be enforced in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter or over any of the parties to this Plan. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such arbitration proceeding (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) shall be borne by the party against which the decision is rendered. If the arbitrator’s decision is a compromise, the determination of which party or parties bears the costs and expenses incurred in connection with such arbitration proceeding shall be made by the arbitrator on the basis of the arbitrator’s assessment of the relative merits of the parties’ positions.	

ARTICLE 9

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST

9.1.	Establishment and Funding of the Trust . The Company may establish a Trust with an independent corporate trustee in order to provide assets from which the obligations of the Employer(s) to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan may be fulfilled. The Trust must be a grantor trust that conforms substantially with the model trust described in Revenue Procedure 92‑64. The Employers may from time to time transfer to the Trust cash, marketable	

15

securities or other property, including securities issued by the Company, acceptable to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

9.2.	Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust. Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan or Trust is to be construed as providing for assets to be held for the benefit of any Participant or any other person or persons to whom benefits are to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Plan, with the Participant’s or other person’s only interest under the Plan being the right of the Employers and the Participants, and no Participant has any interest in the assets of the Trust prior to distribution of such assets pursuant to the Plan. To the extent the Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive benefits under the Plan or the Trust, such right is no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.	

9.3.	Distributions From the Trust . The Company’s and other Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be paid or otherwise satisfied with assets of the Trust and any such payment or satisfaction shall reduce the Company’s or other Employer’s obligations under the Plan in the same amount.	

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION

10.1.	Committee Duties	

(a)	General . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 10, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee which shall consist of the Board, or such Committee as the Board shall appoint. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility for or to direct the general administration and operation of the Plan and the power to take any action necessary or appropriate to carry out such responsibilities. In addition, the Committee shall provide generally for the operation of the Plan and be a liaison between Employers to assure uniform procedures as appropriate. The duties of the Committee shall include, but not be limited to, the following:	

(i)	to prescribe, require and use appropriate forms;	

(ii)	to formulate, issue and apply rules and regulations;	

(iii)	to prepare and file reports, notices and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by law;	

(iv)	to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan;	

(v)	to authorize and direct benefit payments.	

In exercising such powers and duties, and other powers and duties granted under the Plan or Trust to the Committee, the Committee is granted such discretion as appropriate or

16

necessary to carry out the duties and powers so delegated. This discretion necessarily follows from the fact that the Plan, the Trust and related documents do not, and are not intended to, prescribe all rules necessary to administer the Plan or anticipate all circumstances or events which may arise in the course of such administration.

(b)	Code Section 409A . The Plan shall be administered, and the Committee shall exercise its discretionary authority under the Plan, in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations thereunder. Any permissible discretion to accelerate or defer a Plan payment under such Regulations, the power to exercise which is not otherwise assigned under the Plan, shall be exercised by the Committee. In the event the matter over which such discretion may be exercised relates to a Committee member, or such member is otherwise unable to objectively exercise such discretion, such member shall not take part in the deliberations and decisions regarding that matter.	

(c)	Allocation to Participating Employers . To the extent practicable and necessary, the Committee shall provide for an accounting of the Trust assets in such manner as will permit the accurate allocation of Account Balances or parts thereof, including the deemed investment earnings and losses attributable thereto, to the relevant Employer. The Committee shall provide to each Employer all information necessary to permit each such Employer to prepare any reports or tax filings which may be required by reason of its status as an Employer.	

10.2.	Administration Upon Change In Control .	

(a)	General . For purposes of this Plan, the Committee, or an independent third party administrator appointed by the Committee, shall be the “Administrator” at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control. Upon and within one hundred twenty (120) days after a Change in Control, the individuals who comprised the Committee immediately prior to the Change in Control (whether or not such individuals are members of the Committee following the Change in Control) may, by written consent of a majority of such individuals, appoint an independent third party administrator, and such independent third party administrator shall have the power and authority reserved to the Committee hereunder except as otherwise provided. The Administrator shall have the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but not limited to benefit entitlement determinations; provided, however, upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall have no power to direct the investment of Plan assets or assets of the Trust or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the Plan or Trust. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator and supply full and timely information to the Administrator or all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the date of circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require. In the event the individuals who comprised the Committee immediately prior to the Change in Control appoint an independent third party administrator upon or after the Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) thereafter only with the written consent of the	

17

majority of those Participants (or Beneficiaries for those Participants who are then deceased), per capita, who have an interest in the Plan on the date of such termination.

(b)	Change in Control . Solely for the purpose of applying this Section 10.2, a Change in Control shall have the same meaning as such phrase has under the Trust.	

10.3.	Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee and Administrator may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.	

10.4.	Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee and Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.	

10.5.	Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the ex‑CEO, the members of the Committee, and the Administrator, and any employee or other agent to whom the duties of the Committee or Administrator may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by such person.	

10.6.	Employer Information . The Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee or Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may reasonably require to administer the Plan.	

ARTICLE 11

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

11.1.	Termination .	

(a)	General . Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to discontinue its sponsorship of the Plan or to suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of the participating Employees and Directors. Except as otherwise provided or allowed for herein, however, such action shall not cancel an Annual Deferral Amount election for the year of such suspension or Termination or accelerate or defer the payment (determined without regard to such suspension or termination) of Account Balances.	

(b)	Change in Control . Upon or effective with a Change in Control, the Plan shall be terminated effective no later than the end of the Plan Year in which such event occurs and, to the extent and manner allowed under Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations thereunder, all Account Balances of affected Participants remaining at the final liquidation of the Plan and Trust shall be paid in a lump sum notwithstanding the payment elections	

18

made by Participants. To the extent such liquidation and acceleration of payment is not so possible, however, Account Balances shall be paid at the times and in the manner otherwise provided under the Plan.

11.2.	Amendment . The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce the value of a Participant’s Account Balance determined as if the Participant had experienced a Termination of Employment as of the effective date of the amendment or modification, (ii) adversely affect any benefits to which a Participant or Beneficiary has become entitled as of the date of the amendment or modification, or (iii) amend or modify substantively this Section 11.2 or Section 10.2 coincident with or after a Change in Control, no matter when such amendment or modification is otherwise purportedly effective.	

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1.	Non‑Guarantee of Employment . Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment or other service between an Employer and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment or service of an Employer, or as a limitation on the right of an Employer to discharge any Participant with or without notice or with or without cause.	

12.2.	Rights to Trust Asset . No Participant or any other person shall have any right to, or interest in, any part of the Trust assets upon Termination of employment or otherwise, except as otherwise provided under the Plan. If the assets of the Trust are insufficient to pay a Participant’s benefits, the Participant’s Employer shall pay any such amounts from its other general assets. If such Employer does not timely pay such benefits, the sole recourse of a claimant Participant or Beneficiary shall be against such Employer and neither the Company nor any other Employer shall be responsible to pay or provide for the payment of such benefits or liable for the nonpayment thereof.	

12.3.	Suspension of Rules .	

(a)	Federal Securities and Other Laws . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, and to the extent and for the time reasonably necessary to comply with federal securities laws (or other applicable laws or regulations), deferrals, Participant investment‑direction, and payment dates and forms under the Plan may be suspended, changed, or delayed as necessary to comply with such laws or regulations; provided, however, any payments so delayed shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary as of the earliest date the Committee determines that such payment will not cause a violation of any such laws or regulations.	

(b)	Section 162(m) . If the Committee reasonably determines that a scheduled payment of benefits under the Plan will not be deductible by an Employer by reason of Code Section 162(m), it shall suspend all such payments to the extent not so deductible. Payments so suspended shall be paid within sixty (60) days after the affected Participant dies or incurs a Termination of Employment; provided, however, if the Participant is a Specified Employee when he or she incurs a Termination of Employment, payments suspended pursuant to this subsection shall be paid as described in Section 4.4 or 5.4, as	

19

the case may be, as if the amounts so suspended were payable as a lump sum on the date of such Termination.

(c)	Offset for Amounts Due . A Participant’s Account Balance may be reduced by one or more offsets to repay any amounts then due and owing to an Employer, unless another means of repayment is agreed to by the Committee. Except for the right to immediate offset for an amount up to $5,000, or such higher amount as allowed by Treasury Regulations or other directives under or related to Code Section 409A, the Account Balance shall not be so offset before it is otherwise scheduled to be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary and the amount then offset shall not exceed the amount that would be otherwise so paid.	

12.4.	Requirement of Proof . In discharging their duties and responsibilities under the Plan, the Committee or other individual may require proof of any matter concerning this Plan, and no person shall acquire any rights or be entitled to receive any benefits under this Plan until such proof is furnished.	

12.5.	Non‑Alienation and Taxes .	

(a)	General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as otherwise required by law, no right or interest of any Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actual receipt of payment by the person entitled to such right or interest under the provisions hereof, and any such disposition or attempted disposition shall be void.	

(b)	Tax Withholdings .	

(1)	General . Benefits earned under the Plan and payment of such benefits shall be subject to tax reporting and withholding as required by law and the amount of such withholding may be determined by treating such benefits as being in the nature of supplemental wages. If tax withholdings must be made before such benefits are paid to a Participant or Beneficiary (e.g., FICA taxes on deferrals), they shall be made from other wages paid to such individual apart from the Plan to the extent reasonably possible; provided, however, if such other wages are insufficient for that purpose, the withholdings shall be made from and reduce deferrals or other contributions, as applicable, for the individual concerned or, if no such contributions are available, the relevant Employer shall advance the withholdings, the appropriate Account Balance of the individual concerned shall be reduced in the same amount, and upon the direction of the Committee the Trustee or other custodian shall remit to the Employer an amount equal to such reduction.	

(2)	Tax Consequences . Neither the Company nor any other Employer represents or guarantees that any particular federal, foreign, state or local income, payroll, or other tax consequence will result from participation in this Plan or payment of benefits under the Plan.	

20

		
12.6.	Savings Clause .	

(a)	General . If any term, covenant, or condition of this Plan, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Plan, or the application of any such term, covenant, or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and, except to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability, this Plan and each term, covenant, and condition hereof shall be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.	

(b)	Section 409A . If any term, covenant, or condition of this Plan, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall be considered not to be in compliance with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations thereunder, such as would cause all or part of the Participant’s Account Balance to be currently taxable under such provisions, then such term, covenant, condition or application shall be considered modified to the extent necessary to achieve its design and purpose and without such noncompliance or stricken if such modification is not reasonably possible.	

12.7.	Facility of Payment . If the Committee shall determine a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to a distribution hereunder is incapable of caring for his or her own affairs because of illness or otherwise, it may direct any distribution from such Participant’s Account Balances be made, in such shares as it shall determine, to the spouse, child, parent or other blood relative of such Participant or Beneficiary, or any of them, or to such other person or persons as the Committee may determine, until such date as it shall determine such incapacity no longer exists; provided, however, the exercise of this discretion shall not cause an acceleration or delay in the time of payment of Plan benefits except to the extent, and only for the duration of, the time reasonably necessary to resolve such matters or otherwise protect the interests of the Plan. The Committee shall be under no obligation to see to the proper application of the distributions so made to such person or persons and any such distribution shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent of such distribution.	

12.8.	Requirement of Releases . If, in the opinion of the Committee, any present or former spouse or dependent of a Participant or other person shall by reason of the law of any jurisdiction appear to have any bona fide interest in Plan benefits that may become payable to a Participant or with respect to a deceased Participant, or otherwise has asserted such a claim, the Committee may direct such benefits be withheld pending receipt of such written releases as it deems necessary to prevent or avoid any conflict or multiplicity of claims with respect to the payment of such benefits, but only to the extent and for the duration reasonably necessary to resolve such matters or otherwise protect the interests of the Plan.	

12.9.	Board Action . Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors of the Company under the Plan may be taken by the Compensation Committee of such Board or any other authorized committee of such Board.	

12.10.	Computational Errors . In the event mathematical, accounting, or similar errors are made in processing or paying a benefit under the Plan, the Committee may make such equitable adjustments as it deems appropriate (which may be retroactive) to correct such errors.	

21

		
12.11.	Communications . The Committee shall prescribe such forms of communication, including forms for benefit application and the like, with respect to the Plan and Fund as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise prescribed by such persons or otherwise provided by applicable law or regulation, any such communication and assent or consent thereto may be handled by electronic means.	

12.12.	Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.	

12.13.	Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.	

12.14.	Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.	

12.15.	Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand‑delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:	
Best Buy Co., Inc.
Office of the General Counsel
7601 Penn Avenue South
Richfield, MN 55423

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant or other Claimant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand‑delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of such person.

12.16.	Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and other Employers and their respective successors and assigns, and to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.	

12.17.	Spouse’s Interest . The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.	

12.18.	Insurance . The Company, on its own behalf or on behalf of other Employers, in its discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the trustees may choose. The Company or the trustees of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Company shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Company has applied for insurance.	

22

		
12.19.	Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control . The Company is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or the board of directors of a Participant’s Employer (which might then be composed of new members) or a shareholder of the Company or the Participant’s Employer, or of any successor corporation might then cause or attempt to cause the Company, the Participant’s Employer or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company or the Participant’s Employer to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan. In these circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated. Accordingly, if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder or, if the Company, such Employer or any other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided, then the Company irrevocably authorizes such Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company to represent such Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other related legal action, whether by or against the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor thereto in any jurisdiction.	

ARTICLE 13

TRANISTIONAL RULES

13.1.	Introduction . This Plan document is effective on January 1, 2015 (i.e., the “effective date”) and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall apply only to those persons who are Participants or Beneficiaries on or after the effective date. The provisions of the Plan document as in effect prior to the effective date, taking into account changes made in operations to satisfy Code Section 409A, Treasury Regulations thereunder and other guidance with respect to such Code Section issued by the Internal Revenue Service, even if not reflected in the formal Plan document previously in effect, shall continue to govern the rights and entitlements of persons not described in the immediately preceding sentence except to the extent (i) the application of this Plan document to such persons or the payment of benefits to such persons does not materially diminish or enlarge such rights and entitlements, or (ii) such application is necessary to satisfy such law and regulations.	

13.2.	Amounts Deferred Under Prior Plan .	

(a)      General . Account Balances (including earnings and losses on such balances
regardless of when incurred) attributable to deferrals and contributions for periods
after 2004 shall be accounted for separately from such balances attributable to
deferrals and contributions (other than those described in subsection (b)
immediately following) for periods before 2005 (such pre-2005 balances are
referred to as the “Grandfathered Account Balances”).

(b)	Non-Vested . The Grandfathered Account Balances shall not include any portion thereof which was not vested as of December 31, 2004, with such vesting determined without regard to any amendment or other material action, or other than the continued performance	

23

of services, made or taken after October 3, 2004, which caused an increase in such vesting. Such non-vested portions of such balances shall be paid at the time and form elected by the Participant concerned on or before December 31, 2004 and, in the absence of any such election, shall be paid in a lump sum during the first sixty (60) days of the Plan Year which immediately follows the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, Retires, or dies.

13.3.	Suspension of Deferrals for Penalty Withdrawals . The exercise of the 10% penalty withdrawal feature under Section 4.4 of the 2004 Plan shall cause a cancellation of any further Annual Deferral Amount as described therein and no Annual Deferral Amount may be elected by the Participant concerned with respect to any period before the second Plan Year which begins after the date of such payment.	

13.4.	Treatment of Grandfathered Account Balances . Except as otherwise provided herein, the time and form of payment of Grandfathered Account Balances, including any right to further accelerate or further defer any such payment, whether as of right or petition by the Participant or Beneficiary concerned or in the discretion of the Committee or other third party, shall not be materially enlarged or subtracted from by this Plan restatement.	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Sixth Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan document effective as of January 1, 2015.

24

Exhibit 12.1

Statements re: Computation of Ratios
$ in millions

																					
 	 	12 Months Ended	 	11 Months Ended	 	12 Months Ended	
 	 	January 31,
2015	 	February 1,
2014	 	February 2,
2013	 	March 3,
2012	 	February 26,
2011	
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, noncontrolling interests and equity in income (loss) of affiliates	 	$	1,387		 	$	1,083		 	$	4		 	$	2,082		 	$	2,177		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest portion of rental expense	 	250		 	254		 	238		 	268		 	258		
Interest expense	 	90		 	100		 	99		 	111		 	61		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	 	340		 	354		 	337		 	379		 	319		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings available for fixed charges	 	$	1,727		 	$	1,437		 	$	341		 	$	2,461		 	$	2,496		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	5.08		 	4.06		 	1.01		 	6.49		 	7.82		

Exhibit 21.1

BEST BUY CO., INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT AT JANUARY 31, 2015*

			
 	 	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	
BBC Insurance Agency Inc.	 	Minnesota	
BBC Investment Co.	 	Nevada	
BBY Networks, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
BBC Property Co.	 	Minnesota	
Best Buy Stores, L.P. (1)	 	Virginia	
BBY Services, Inc.	 	Delaware	
BestBuy.com, LLC	 	Virginia	
Best Buy Connect, LLC	 	Delaware	
Best Buy Gov, LLC	 	Delaware	
Best Buy Leasing, LLC (2)	 	Virginia	
Best Buy Puerto Rico Holdings, LLC	 	Delaware	
Best Buy Stores Puerto Rico, LLC	 	Puerto Rico	
Best Buy Warehousing Logistics, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Nichols Distribution, LLC	 	Minnesota	
Magnolia Hi-Fi, LLC (3)	 	Washington	
Pacific Sales Kitchen and Bath Centers, LLC (4)	 	California	
ProTheo III, LLC	 	Delaware	
BBY Holdings International, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
Best Buy China Holdings, Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
Best Buy Shanghai, Ltd.	 	China	
Best Buy Enterprise Services, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
BBY Canada Finance, LLC	 	Delaware	
BBY Solutions, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
Best Buy Asia Pacific Regional Holdings Limited	 	Hong Kong	
Best Buy Canada Ltd. / Magasins Best Buy LTEE (5)	 	Canada+	
6349021 Canada Ltd.	 	Canada+	
FutureGard Reinsurance Ltd.	 	Turks and Caicos	
Best Buy China Ltd.	 	Bermuda	
Best Buy Holdings B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Best Buy Purchasing LLC (6)	 	Minnesota	
Partsearch Technologies, Inc. (7)	 	Delaware	
ProTheo, Inc.	 	Delaware	
ProTheo II, LLC	 	Delaware	
Best Buy, LLP	 	United Kingdom	
ProTheo IV, LLC	 	Delaware	
ProTheo V, LLC	 	Delaware	
Best Buy Distributions Limited	 	United Kingdom	
New CPWM Limited	 	United Kingdom	
CPW Mobile Limited	 	United Kingdom	
CPWCO 16 Limited	 	United Kingdom	
Oval (2248) Limited	 	United Kingdom	
Best Buy Finance, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
BBY Global Connect (Mauritius I) Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
BBY Global Connect (Mauritius II) Ltd.	 	Mauritius	

	
			
BBY (Mauritius I) Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
BBY (Mauritius II) Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
Best Buy China %	 	China	
BBY (Mauritius III) Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
Best Buy (AsiaPacific) Limited	 	China	
Best Buy China UK, LLP	 	United Kingdom	
Best Buy International Finance, S.a.r.l.	 	Luxembourg	
Best Buy Enterprises, S. de R.L. de C.V.	 	Mexico, Federal District	
Best Buy Imports, S. de R.L. de C.V.	 	Mexico, Federal District	
Best Buy Stores, S. de R.L. de C.V.	 	Mexico, Federal District	
ExB Hong Kong Limited	 	Hong Kong	
ExB Marketing Japan G.K.	 	Japan	
Five Star Trust%	 	China	
Best Buy Jiangsu Ltd.	 	Mauritius	
Jiangsu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd.	 	China	
Anhui Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Changzhou Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd #	 	China	
Liyang Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd.	 	China	
Henan Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Jiangsu Five Star Appliance Purchasing Co., Ltd	 	China	
Jiangsu Five Star Customer Service Co., Ltd.	 	China	
Jiangsu Taide Business & Commerce Co., Ltd	 	China	
Ningbo Xingpu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Shandong Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Sichuan Xingpu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Wuxi Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Yancheng Asia Shopping Mall Co., Ltd	 	China	
Yunnan Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Zhejiang Xingpu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd	 	China	
Zhejiang Xingpu Five Star Appliance Customer Service Co., Ltd	 	China	
Global Connect China%	 	China	
Best Buy Mobile (Nanjing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.	 	China	
CCL Insurance Company	 	Vermont	
CP Gal Richfield, LLC	 	Delaware	
Project Carve, LLC	 	Delaware	
Project Jaguar, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Retspan, LLC	 	Delaware	
Retspan Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	
Talkback, Inc.	 	Washington	
_____________________________________________
		
*	Indirect subsidiaries are indicated by indentation.	
		
#	We own 60% of this entity	
		
+	Federally chartered	
		
%	China Business Trust	

Also doing business as:

(1)	Geek Squad, 2nd Turn, Magnolia Home Theater, FutureShop, Best Buy Mobile, Best Buy Express, DealTree, TechLiquidators, Cowboom, Best Buy On, Warehouse B, BestBuy.com	
		
(2)	Best Buy Simplicity	
		
(3)	Magnolia, Magnolia Audio Video, Magnolia Design Center	

		
(4)	Pacific Sales, Kitchen, Bath & Electronics; Pacific Kitchen & Home; Pacific Sales; Pacific Sales, Kitchen & Home	
		
(5)	Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Cellshop, Cinemanow, Connectpro, Future Shop, The Future Shop, Future Shop Liquidation, Geek Squad, Reclaim	
		
(6)	Cowboom, Dynex	
		
(7)	Andrews Electronics	

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 033-54871, 033-54873, 033- 54875, 333-39533, 333-39531, 333-49371, 333-61897, 333-80967, 333-46228, 333-56146, 333-108033, 333-119472, 333-137483, 333-144957, 333-153801, 333-160247, 333-175609, 333-185587, 333-192412, and 333-196841 on Form S-8, of our reports dated March 31, 2015 , relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Best Buy Co., Inc., and subsidiaries (“the Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph concerning the Company’s change in fiscal year end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective for fiscal year 2013), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Best Buy Co., Inc. for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 31, 2015

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Hubert Joly, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Best Buy Co., Inc.;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.                The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
 
a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

	
			
Date:	March 31, 2015	/s/ Hubert Joly	
 	 	Hubert Joly	
 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Sharon L. McCollam, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Best Buy Co., Inc.;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.                The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
 
a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

	
			
Date:	March 31, 2015	/s/ Sharon L. McCollam	
 	 	Sharon L. McCollam	
 	 	Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 (adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), I, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer of Best Buy Co., Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

			
Date:	March 31, 2015	/s/ Hubert Joly	
 	 	Hubert Joly	
 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 (adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), I, the undersigned Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Best Buy Co., Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

	
			
Date:	March 31, 2015	/s/ Sharon L. McCollam	
 	 	Sharon L. McCollam	
 	 	Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer